590 TierIII Instruction

OPERATING, SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ECM590 TIER III

Read this instruction manual before operating this equipment.

This manual contains important safety information.Do not destroy this manual.This manual must be available to the personnel who operate and maintain this machine.

Atlas Copco2100 North First StreetGarland, Texas, 75040

(972) 496-7400

TOC - i

TABLE OF CONTENTSInstruction Manual: ECM-590/592

TITLE PAGESECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Section 1.1 Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE ECM-590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5IDENTIFICATION DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5ECM-590 Drill Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Engine Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9ECM- 590 DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Drill Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Drill Boom and Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Serviceability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

STANDARD FEATURES ON THE ECM- 590 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

SECTION 2 - SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2DRILL APPLICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5GENERAL GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10OPERATION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11STARTING THE DRILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12OPERATING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13DRILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14MOVING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16MAINTENANCE SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17FUELING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20WIRE ROPE AND CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21HYDRAULICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Cylinder Repairs or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Pumps and Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

TOC - ii


TITLE PAGEHoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

COOLERS AND FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23GUARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30AVOID MOVING PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33ROLLOVER POSSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34AVOID COOLANT BURNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37INSPECTING SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

2.3 - SAFETY DECALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 - ATLAS COPCO ECM-590/592 Tier III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2DECK ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3AIR COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4AIR CLEANERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5HYDRAULICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6COOLING PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7DUST COLLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9BOOM AND GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12DRIFTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13UNDERCARRIAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

TOC - iii


TITLE PAGESECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2ECM-590 Tier III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

BASIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4OVERALL VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Main Control Console Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Engine “On/Off” Key Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Engine Start Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Cold Start Switch (Ether Injection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Engine Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Water Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Engine Data Module Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Compressor Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Discharge Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Air Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Drifter Hourmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Boom and Guide Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Guide Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Guide Dump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Guide Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Boom Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Boom Lift Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Boom Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

OSCILLATION CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Oscillation Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Track Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Right-Hand Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Left-Hand Oscillation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

TRAM CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Tram Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Left-Hand Tram Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Right-Hand Tram Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Tram Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

OVERALL VIEW OF DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Drill Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18UPPER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Drill Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

TOC - iv


TITLE PAGEFeed Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Slow Feed Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Rotation Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Blow Air Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Drill Console Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20On/Off Switch for Console Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Anti-Jam Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Reverse-Percussion Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Dust Collector On/Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Water Injection Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21LOWER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22DRILLING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Drill Percussion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Slow Feed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Fast Feed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Drill Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Centralizer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Dust Hood Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24BLOW AIR CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Blow Air Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE. . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Guide Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Guide Dump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Guide Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Boom Swing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Boom Lift Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Boom Extension Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27MID-POINT CENTRALIZER SWITCH FOR LONG GUIDE OPTION. . . . . . . . . . . 4-28DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29On Time Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Off Time Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Air Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Manometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Manifold Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL AND TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL AT SEPARATOR TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Air Cleaner Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Engine Air Cleaner Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTER INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34TRACK FINAL DRIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Disengaging Track Final Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36HYDRAULIC OIL HAND PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37AIR ACCESSORY CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

TOC - v


TITLE PAGESECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 -DRILL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2WALK AROUND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Check for Coolant System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Check for Fuel System Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5General Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

PRE-START INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Check Engine Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Drain Water from Receiver Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Check the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Check the Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Keep Operator’s Areas Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

ENGINE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Normal Starting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Stopping The Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

TRAMMING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

TOWING THE DRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Towing Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Disengaging the Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Re-engaging the FInal Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

WATER INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Before drilling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Dust Collector Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Main Menu Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Selecting A Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Stored Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Engine Configeration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

FAULTS AND WARNINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Auxiliary Gauge Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Active Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

TOC - vi


TITLE PAGEShutdown Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39Back light Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Contrast Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43Select Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Setup 1-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48Setup 4-Up Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60MODBUS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Glossary (Troubleshooting Information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

DRILLING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67General Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Adding Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Removing Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

DRILLING PROCEDURE WITH AUTOMATIC ROD CHANGER OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82Adding Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85Removing Drill Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88

MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89Moving the drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89Parking the Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89Normal Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2MAINTENANCE SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2FLUID PENETRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2LINES, TUBES and HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3BURN PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3COOLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3OILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4FIRE EXTINGUISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5CRUSHING OR CUTTING PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6MOUNTING and DISMOUNTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6ENGINE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7STARTING AIDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7ENGINE STOPPING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6.2 - REFILL CAPACITIES CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

TOC - vii


TITLE PAGEHydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Lubricant Oil AND Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Engine Lubricating Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Cummins Fuel Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Filter Elements and Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

FLUID SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20Grease Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20Anti-Freeze Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20Rock Drill Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22WALK AROUND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23MAINTENANCE INTERVAL SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24SERVICE INTERVAL CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6.4 - 5 AND 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27SERVICE EVERY 5 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Fill Fronthead Lubricator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27SERVICE EVERY 10 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

Check Radiator Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29Radiator Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29Cooling System Sealing Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31Cooling System Soluble Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32Check Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33Engine Belts AND Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39Check Compressor Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41Check Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42Drain Fuel Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44Drain Dust Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Drain Compressor Unloader Condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47Loose or Frayed Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47Loose Nuts and Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits and the Striking Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48Grease Guide Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

6.5 - 50 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49SERVICE EVERY 50 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49Lubricate All Grease Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

TOC - viii


TITLE PAGECheck Air Cleaner Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50Compressor Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Vacuator Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60Air Cleaner Service Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61Clean Pre-Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65Check Hydraulic Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66Check Feed Chain Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68Check Track Tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70Check Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70Adjusting Track Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71Check Battery Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72Electrolyte Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72Batteries, Clamps AND Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72

6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73SERVICE EVERY 100 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81Change Fuel Pre-FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85

6.7 - 250 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86SERVICE EVERY 250 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87Drain the Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88Replace Engine Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89Fill the Engine Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92Check Air Intake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93Check Air Cleaner Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93Air Intake Piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94Pre-Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95Check Engine Shutdown System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97Change Fuel Pre-FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98Check Drifter Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100

6.8 - 500 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103SERVICE EVERY 500 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103Replace Engine Coolant Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104Remove Engine Coolant Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105Install Engine Coolant Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-107Change Engine Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109Change Compressor Oil FIlter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111

TOC - ix


TITLE PAGECompressor Oil Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-135Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137SCA Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137Anti-Freeze Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137

6.9 - 1000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138SERVICE EVERY 1000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-139Drain Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140Inspect and Clean Strainers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142Fill Hydraulic Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144Adjust Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146Engine Belts AND Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147Drive Belts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147Engine Alternator Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148Water Pump Drive Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151Drive Belts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-152Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-153

6.10 - 2000 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154SERVICE EVERY 2000 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154Change Compressor Separator Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-155Change Engine Anti-Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-158Drain Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-159Flush Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160Fill the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161Check Engine Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-163Check Shutdown Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-165Change Final Drive Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166

GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

GLOSSARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

TOC - x


TITLE PAGE

1-1

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION

1-2

Section 1.1 Summary

General InformationThis Operation Manual has been developed to present the safety and operations requirements for effective operation of the ECM-590 Drill.

The primary purpose of this manual is to provide operators with the appropriate information needed to:

• Safely operate the ECM-590 Drill while achieving optimum production.

• Understand the operating principle of each system associated with the ECM-590Drill.

• React effectively and safely to emergency and alarm conditions.

• Perform the necessary pre-operational and post-operational checks on the drill.

The operator must read and fully understand this instruction manual before operating the ECM-590 Drill.

Maintenance personnel, or anyone else, working or doing maintenance on this ECM-590 Drill must read and fully understand this instruction manual before attempting to do any maintenance or work on the drill.

Always keep the “Operating and Maintenance Instructions” manual on the ECM-590 Drill and available to the operator and helper.

If any part of this manual cannot be understood, contact your supervisor or local Atlas Copco Distributor. This is an essential condition for working safely with this ECM-590 Drill.

The correct ECM-590 Drill operation, use and regular maintenance are also essential elements to provide the highest performance and safety.

NOTE: The present manual is accompanied with an engine instructionmanual and a carrier instruction manual. Always provide the model ofyour drill and it’s serial number when you contact the local Atlas Copcoservice or parts office.

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

1-3

HOW THIS MANUAL IS DIVIDEDAlthough there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed.

The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following questions:

Although there is a substantial amount of information contained in the manual, it has been organized so that the reader can easily find the specific information needed.

The manual is divided into sections by information based on answers to the following questions:

• What are the specific operator safety responsibilities? (Section 2.0)

• What are the specifications of the drill itself? (Section 3.0)

• What instruments and controls are used by the operator to operate and monitor thedrill? (Section 4.0)

• What is the proper operating procedure for the equipment? (Section 5.0)

• What the maintenance schedules are and how to perform maintenance? (Section6.0)

WHERE TO FIND INFORMATIONEach manual has a table of contents. If you are uncertain which section contains the information or where the information is located within a particular section, the first step is to consult the table of contents.


1-4

TERMINOLOGYThroughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to provide the reader with special noteworthy information.

In this manual, these terms have the following significance:

DANGER!

Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will causesevere personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if thewarning is ignored.

WARNING!

Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can causesevere personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if thewarning is ignored.

CAUTION!

Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or cancause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.

NOTICENotice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenanceinformation which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warningsshould never be included under the Notice signal word.


1-5

PROCEDURE WHEN RECEIVING THE ECM-590Your ECM-590 Drill has been tested, accurately checked, and prepared for shipment. Every part of the drill, including the detached parts, have been accurately checked before being shipped from the factory.

When you receive the ECM-590 Drill, and before unpacking the equipment, check if damage has occurred during transport and if any parts are missing.

If the goods are damaged, or if parts are missing, inform the freight agent as soon as possible. He will inform you regarding how to proceed in order to make a complaint.

IDENTIFICATION DATA

General Information

An exact description of the model type and the serial number of your ECM-590 Drill will facilitate fast and efficient response from our parts and service support operations.

Always provide the model of your machine and it’s serial number when you contact the local Atlas Copco service or parts office.

We advise you to enter your drill data in the following lines to maintain drill and engine information necessary to facilitate fast and efficient response from our parts and service support operations.


1-6

ECM-590 Drill Identification

The ECM-590 Drill Identification Plate is located next to the console.

NOTICEAll information, illustrations, and specifications in this manual are basedon the latest information available at the time of publication. Productimprovement is a continuing goal at Atlas Copco. Design andspecifications are subject to change without notice or obligation.


1-7

Engine Identification

The engine identification number can be found on the identification plate. Refer to the engine operator’s instruction manual for further engine identification information.


1-8

Drifter Identification


1-9

GENERAL INFORMATIONAll safety rules in Section 1 must be observed.

If further information is required concerning recommended drilling applications, contact your local Atlas Copco distributor.

Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions

Garland, Texas U.S.A.

Telephone: 972-496-7400

Customer Service Parts: 972-496-7382

Fax: 972-496-7427 (Customer Service Parts)

Fax: 972-496-7425 (Customer Service Warranty)

Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions reserves the right to make any changes or modifications without prior notice and without incurring any liability to retrofit machines previously shipped from the factory.

ECM- 590 DRILL

General Description

The ECM-590 Tier III is a track mounted, deck engine powered drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications.

The standard ECM-590 Tier III uses a diesel engine coupled directly to a hydraulic pump on one end. The air compressor is directly connected to the other end of the engine. The power pack is mounted on its own base, which in turn, is mounted to the track frame.

The simple Load Sensing hydraulic system does not require complicated electronic controls, plus the hydraulic system requires a reduced fuel consumption.

The drill’s boom has a maximum horizontal swing of 30º right and 34.6º left and a maximum vertical movement of 51º up and 15º down. The boom’s drifter travel is 15 ft.4 in. (3099 mm).

All drilling functions are hydraulically powered and controlled from the operator’s control station located at the bottom of the boom within easy reach. All the hydraulic power that is needed travels from valve to function, virtually eliminating trouble-shooting time and increasing reliability and up-time.

The tramming controls are located on the drill’s frame and contains a full compliment of gauges which can be read in US and Metric.

To permit optimum performance on a wide range of applications and site requirements, this ECM-590 Tier III Drill is equipped with:

• 250 CFM Rotary Screw type air compressor

• Cummins QSB 6.7 Series diesel engine

• Grade Capability to 35º


1-10

• Hydraulic motor driven feed system

• Automatic rod changer option

• Hydraulic hose management

• Heavy duty cooling system

• Reverse percussion

• Night light package

• Drill console noise shield option

Engine

The ECM-590 Tier III Drill uses a water cooled engine with direct injection and turbo chargers. Electric starting and belt driven alternator battery charging is standard on all ECM-590 models. The ECM-590 Drill is equipped with dual system air filtration. Dry type 2-stage air cleaners provide clean air to the engine and the compressor. The engine power / rpm is controlled by the engine speed control. The engine is shutdown either by the removable key “ON/OFF” switch or the emergency stop switch.

Drill Frame

The ECM-590 Drill is based a Drill Frame which supports the power pack assembly (engine/compressor/hydraulic pump drive) transported on a dual oscillation track system. The frame is more than sufficient to resist flexing as the drill is moved over rough terrain while anchoring a drill boom as it drills at a variety of angles making this drill one of the most diversified on the market.

Drill Boom and Guide

The Drill Boom and Guide features a hydraulically driven drifter and a hydraulic drill feed systems. The feed system consists of fully staked chains which are controlled with separate fast and slow feed controls that can be adjusted to suit rock conditions and operator preference. An experienced driller will use this feature to extend the life of drilling accessories. All drilling controls are accessed at the boom giving the driller full view of drilling operation.

The Drill Boom and Guide assembly also contains the automatic rod changer allowing quick and easy rod changes, increasing drilling productivity. The hydraulic drifter moves easily up and down using a managed hose arrangement that reduces cost and makes maintenance easy.

Controls

All drilling functions are controlled from the driller’s console on the boom of the ECM-590 Drill. Drill tramming controls are mounted to the drill frame. All controls are designed for convenience, ease of control, comfort and safety while providing maximum visibility of the work area. Full details of all controls are provided in later chapters.


1-11

Serviceability

The engine, compressor and hydraulic pump drive are accessible from either side of the drill. All daily checkpoints are positioned to encourage preventive maintenance. All grease points can be serviced from the two banks of grease nipples from which hoses provide grease to the respective components.

DANGER!

Your life may be in danger if the following is not complied with: DO NOTadd attachments to the drill that intrude into operator’s protective area,reduce visibility, restrict emergency exits or add weight exceedingcertification weight. See the operator’s manual or contact your dealer forcomplete inspection requirements and maintenance instructions.


1-12

STANDARD FEATURES ON THE ECM- 590

1. Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III Series diesel engine

2. Easily accessible controls

3. Diesel driven, deck mounted power pack

4. Operator console mounted to the drill guide to control drilling functions

5. Engine console mounted to the drill frame to operate engine

6. 100 gallon (378.5 L) fuel tank

7. Cooling package rated to 125°F (52°C) ambient temperature

8. Heavy-duty engine silencer/muffler

9. Separate air intake filters for engine and air compressor

10. Hydraulically driven drifter

11. 250 cfm/140 psi (7m3/min, 9.8kg/cm2) twin screw compressor.

2-1

SECTION 2 - SAFETY

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 2 - SAFETY

2-2

2.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES

OVERVIEWBefore you operate, maintain, work around or in any other way use this drill, READ and STUDY this manual. KNOW how to safely use the drill controls and what you must do for safe maintenance. Failure to follow instructions or heed warnings could result in injury or death. Ensure that the drill is in correct condition before operating.

ALWAYS wear or use the proper safety items required for your personal protection. Anyone working around this drill must wear safety glasses, protective footwear and ear protection. They must not wear loose clothing which can become caught up in moving parts. They should wear gloves when handling heavy parts and tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A respirator may be required in dusty conditions.

If you have ANY QUESTIONS about the safe use or maintenance of this drill, ask your supervisor or contact your nearest Atlas Copco Distributor for assistance. NEVER GUESS-ALWAYS CHECK!

Safety must always be the most important concern. Do not operate the drill when conditions are unsafe. Consult your supervisor when safety is in doubt.

You must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influences of alcohol, drugs, or medications that might affect your thinking ability, judgement, sight, hearing, or reactions.

Signals must be given by the operator prior to starting or operating the drill.

Make sure all new employees read and understand the decals in the Decal Safety Manual that is mounted on drill.Never remove the DecalSafetyManual.Replace the Decal Safety Manual if it becomes lost or illegible.

WARNINGSThroughout the manual, Dangers, Cautions, Warnings, Notices and Notes are used to designate instructions of particular importance.

In this manual, these terms have the following significance:

DANGER!

Danger is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will causesevere personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if thewarning is ignored.

SECTION 2 - SAFETY Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

2-3

WARNING!

Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which can causesevere personal injury, death, or substantial property damage if thewarning is ignored.

CAUTION!

Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will or cancause minor personal injury or property damage if the warning is ignored.

NOTICENotice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenanceinformation which is important but not hazard-related. Hazard warningsshould never be included under the Notice signal word.

NOTE: Note is used for supplementary information not directly effectingsafety or damage to equipment.


2-4

DRILL APPLICATIONSThe ECM-590 Tier III was built in accordance with state of-the-art standards and recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, its misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb of the user or third parties, and may cause damage to the drill or other material property.

The ECM-590 Tier III drill must be used in accordance with its designated use as described in the operating manual. The drill must only be operated by safety-conscious persons who are fully aware of the risks involved in operating the drill. Any functional disorders, especially those affecting the safety of the drill, must be corrected immediately.

Designated Applications; The Atlas Copco ECM-590 Tier III is a track mounted, hydraulically driven, deck engine powered drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications

Non Designated Applications; The ECM-590 drills are not designed for use on inclined surfaces or on soft and unstable ground. Use of the drill for purposes other than that mentioned (such as for towing other vehicles or equipment) is considered contrary to its designated use. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable for any damage resulting from such use. The risk of such misuse lies entirely with the user.

WARNING!

Set up the drill on a level surface. If this is not available, the site shouldbe adequately prepared prior to drill set up.

Operating the drill within the limits of its designated use also involves compliance with the inspection and maintenance directives contained in the operating manual.


2-5

PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTSAny work done on the drill, or with the drill, must only be performed by qualified personnel. Statutory minimum age limits must be observed.

Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be competent:

Physically;

To react correctly and quickly to avoid accidents.

Mentally;

To understand and apply established rules, regulations and safe practices. To be able to concentrate on the job to be done.

Emotionally;

To withstand stress and prevent mistakes.

Those who operate, maintain and work on rotary drill rigs must be experienced:

Trained;

In the operation and maintenance of the drill.

They should have read and understood all the Manufacturer’s Instruction Manuals, and know the ratings and capabilities of the drill they are using.

They must understand hand signals.

They must understand the meaning of the various symbols on instruments, controls and specific parts of the drill rig.

Licensed;

If required by law.

The individual responsibilities of the personnel responsible for operation, setup, maintenance and repair of the drill should be stated clearly.

Define the drill operator’s responsibility with regard to observing site traffic regulations.

The operator should have the authority to refuse instructions by third parties that are contrary to safety.

Do not allow persons being trained or instructed in the operation or maintenance of the drill to work without permanent supervision by an experienced person.

Work on the electrical system and equipment of the drill must be done only by a skilled electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and guidance of a skilled electrician and must be in accordance with electrical engineering rules and regulations.

Work on the truck chassis, drill tower, brake, air and hydraulic systems must be performed by skilled personnel with special knowledge and training for such work.


2-6

GENERAL GUIDELINES

1. STOW manuals in the manual compartment provided. Manuals must always beavailable at the site where the drill is used. The operator’s instruction manualmust be within easy reach of the operator’s station.

2. OBSERVE and INSTRUCT the user in all other generally applicable mandatoryand legal regulations relevant to accident prevention and environmentalprotection. These compulsory regulations may also deal with the handling ofany hazardous substances, issuing and/or wearing of personal protectiveequipment, and traffic regulations.

3. SUPPLEMENT operating instructions with detailed working instructionscovering the methodology of the working sequences, all individual jobresponsibilities, and overall supervisory responsibility.

4. ALWAYS be sure that persons entrusted with work on the drill have read theoperating instructions and in particular the chapter on safety before beginningwork.Reading the instructions after work has begun is too late. This isespecially important for persons who work only occasionally on the drill, suchas during setup or maintenance.

5. MAKE CERTAIN personnel are working in compliance with the operatinginstructions and are alert to risks and safety factors.

6. ALWAYS tie back or otherwise secure long hair. Wear close fitting garmentsand avoid wearing jewelry such as rings. Injury may result from clothing, hair,or jewelry being caught up in the machinery.

7. USE protective equipment wherever required by the circumstances or by thelaw.

8. OBSERVE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill.

9. BE SURE all safety instructions and warnings attached to the drill are completeand perfectly legible.

10. STOP the drill immediately in the event of safety relevant malfunctions orchange in drill behavior during operation. REPORT the malfunction to theproper authority/person.

11. NEVER provide service or maintenance to the drill unless all of the tracks areon firm, level ground.

12. DO NOT make any modifications to the drill which might affect safety withouthaving the manufacturer’s approval. This applies to the installation andadjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on loadbearing elements.

13. ALWAYS ADHERE to the prescribed intervals and/or those specified in theoperating instructions for routine checks and inspections.

14. Ensure that people, equipment and material not required for the correctoperation of the drill are removed and kept out of the work area. The operatormust never drill while people are around the drill boom. Alert people and crewto stay clear of the hole while drilling is in progress.


2-7

15. All crew members must ensure that any unsafe conditions and practices arecorrected or reported to the drill operator and supervisor.

16. All personnel who work around the drill, including support and maintenancepeople, must obey all warning signs and must ensure their own safety and thesafety of others.

17. With careful planning, most accidents can be avoided.

•Have a clear understanding of the work to be done

•Consider potential dangers or hazards

•Develop a plan to do the job safely

•Explain the plan to all personnel concerned


2-8

GENERAL RULES FOR ALL ATLAS COPCO DRILLSBefore starting or working around the drill, read and understand the safety manual, decal safety manual and labels located on the drill. Follow all directions on the labels. Do not remove or deface the labels. Replace them if they become damaged or lost.

1. All personnel working around the drill must wear safety glasses, safety shoesand ear protection. They must not wear loose clothing which can becomecaught up in moving parts. They should wear gloves when handling heavy partsand tools or any objects that are sharp or pointed. A respirator may be requiredin dusty conditions.

2. Keep work areas clean and free from grease, oil and other items or tools thatcould cause a slip or fall.

3. Keep all cabs clean. Mud, cans, bottles, tools and other debris can jam pedalsand other controls and cause falls.

4. Keep the work site area clear of cuttings, tools and other objects.

5. Keep all warning and information labels clean and readable. Replace labels ifthey become damaged, torn, painted over or removed.

6. Keep all controls and gauges in good working order. If they are broken ordamaged, replace them before operating the drill.

7. Make a complete walk-around inspection of the drill before starting. Duringoperation, make periodic checks to be sure the drill is operating properly.

8. Watch for leaking or broken hydraulic or air hoses. Replace them before theycause damage or a fire.

9. Do NOT operate the drill with excessively worn or broken parts.

10. Tighten or replace any loose or broken fittings, bolts or any other connectionsbefore operating the drill.

11. Check the batteries and connections before starting the drill. Tighten all theterminal clamps and be sure all batteries have caps. Loose wires can causefires and shocks. Spilled fluid can cause burns.Make sure all batteries arecharged properly with correct fluids.

12. Use extreme caution when handling, cleaning, wiring or recharging batteries.They can explode and spray acid. Keep battery covers in place all the time.

13. Make sure all controls are in neutral before starting the drill.

14. Make sure all guards are in place on the drill. Replace them if they have beenremoved for maintenance. DO NOT operate the drill if guards are not in place.

15. Know where your helper or oiler is at all times. DO NOT move the drill if theyare not in sight.

16. Before moving the drill, make sure there is nothing in the way of travel. Makesure all the drill rod is out of the ground and secured before moving.

17. Locate drill on level ground, if possible. Install cribbing (blocking) under eachjack to insure a stable lifting platform in case ground is broken or soft.


2-9

18. Before raising the tower, make sure it is clear of tools or objects that couldfall.Check to see that all hydraulic and air hoses do not become snagged duringraising. Watch all hoist cables and keep them clear or unspooled properly whileraising tower.

19. When working on any air compressor hose or receiver tank, relieve all pressurein the system before removing any cap, plug or hose connection.

20. Never move the drill with the tower partially raised, unless it is an angle drill withthe proper locking pins in place.

21. Never move the drill with the tower locking pins removed or unpinned. Thetower is not designed to be held up by the tower raising cylinders alone.


2-10

PRE-START INSPECTION

1. INSPECT your drill rig daily. Ensure that the routine maintenance andlubrication are being dutifully performed. Have any malfunctioning, broken ormissing parts repaired or replaced before use.

2. VERIFY that all instruction and safety labels are in place and readable. Theseare as important as any other equipment on the drill rig.

3. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame, orwhile smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel.

4. CHECK for WARNING or lockout tags placed on the drill rig. DO NOT operatethe drill until repairs have been made and the WARNING or lockout tags havebeen removed by authorized personnel.

5. CLEAN any foreign material from the operator’s cab or platform to reduce thedanger of slipping.

6. KNOW the location of the Emergency Shut Down Control if the drill rig is soequipped.

7. ALWAYS know the capabilities and limitations of your equipment: speed,gradeability, steering and braking.

8. BE AWARE of the dimensions of your drill rig’s height, width and weight whenmoving the drill.

9. CHECK for any conditions that could be dangerous: unstable ground condition,tree limbs, low hanging wires or an overhanging rock face.


2-11

OPERATION SAFETY

1. OBSERVE the position of fire extinguishers, if so equipped, and ensure theyare fully charged and inspected regularly.

2. AVOID any operational mode that might sacrifice safety.

3. TAKE all necessary precautions to ensure that the drill is used only when in asafe and reliable condition.

4. OPERATE the drill only if all protective and safety oriented devices such asremovable safety devices, any emergency shut off equipment, any soundproofing elements and any exhausts are in place and fully functional.

5. START the drill from the operator’s station only.

6. WATCH the indicators during startup and shutdown procedures in accordancewith the operating instructions.

7. MAKE SURE no one is at danger or risk before starting up the drill, starting todrill or setting the drill in motion.

8. Personnel can be pinched, entangled or crushed bymovingmachinery.Whilethe drill is in operation, personnel must never place any part of their bodies orclothing on or near any rotating machinery, gears, pinions, ropes, cables,chains or wrenches.

9. CHECK that the braking, steering, signaling and lighting systems are fullyfunctional before starting work or traveling with the drill.

10. CHECK that accessories have been safely stowed away and that all levellingjacks are retracted fully before moving the drill.

11. ALWAYS SWITCH ON the lighting system in conditions of poor visibility andafter dark.

12. MAKE SURE there is sufficient clearance when crossing underpasses, bridgesand tunnels, or when operating under overhead lines.

13. ALWAYS KEEP at a safe distance from the edges of quarry face, pits andslopes.

14. AVOID any operation that might be a risk to drill stability.

15. ALWAYS SECURE the drill against inadvertent movement and allunauthorized use before leaving the operator’s cab.


2-12

STARTING THE DRILL

1. ALWAYS USE handrails and steps to get on and off the drill rig.ALWAYSMAINTAIN a three-point contact when climbing onto or off of drill rig.Watch for slippery surfaces when mounting.

2. READ and FOLLOW ALL instruction decals.

3. BEFORE starting engine or beginning to move, check inside, outside andunderneath the drill for people or obstructions.

4. BEFORE starting the engine, check that all operating controls are in neutralposition and the Emergency Stop Button is pulled out.

5. CHECK for Warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attachedto the switch, do not start the engine until the warning tag has been removedby the person who installed it.

6. ALWAYS sound the horn before starting the drill to alert everyone in the area.

7. START the engine from the operator’s position only.

8. ALWAYS USE EXTREME CAUTION if you have to jump start the engine.

9. CHECK all gauges and controls for correct operation. Stop the drill immediatelyand replace any that are defective.

10. CHECK all safety devices. Report any defects immediately.

11. MAKE sure you are on solid, level ground before raising the tower. Use cribbingor blocking if you are not sure.

12. WHEN raising the tower, make certain there are no electrical power lines withinthe operating area of the drill.

13. LISTEN for unusual noises.

14. ENGAGE hydraulic controls slowly in cold weather to avoid shock loading.

DANGER!

Do not raise the boom or operate this drill in the vicinity of electricalpower lines. Operating too close or contacting a power line with any partof the drill can result in electrocution.

Place the drill as far as possible from electrical power lines and never work inside the minimum specified distance set by local, state or federal regulations.

Treat all electrical lines as live power lines.

Clear the area. Slowly raise and lower the boom. if the distance to the line has been misjudged, your reaction time might be too slow.

A signal person must be used to guide the drill in the vicinity of power lines. The signal person and drill operator must be in direct visual contact at all times.


2-13

OPERATING

1. ALWAYS make sure that no person or obstruction is in your line of travel beforemoving the drill rig.

2. NEVER CLIMB on or off the drill rig while it is in motion.

3. USE EXTREME CAUTION and be very observant when operating in closequarters or congested areas.

4. NEVER carry passengers.

5. KNOW the area in which you are working. Familiarize yourself with all of thework site obstructions and any other potential hazards in the area.

6. KNOW and USE the hand signals required for particular jobs and know whohas the responsibility for signaling.

7. DO NOT work in the vicinity of overhanging banks or on grades that couldcause the drill rig to slide or roll over.

8. AVOID side hill travel. ALWAYS operate up and down slopes.

9. NEVER allow bystanders, other than authorized persons, to stand within thedrill rigs danger (working) area when the engine is running.

10. ALWAYS LOOK in all directions BEFORE changing your direction of travel andsound the horn prior to moving.

11. DO NOT run the engine in a closed building for an extended length of time.EXHAUST FUMES CAN KILL.


2-14

DRILLING

1. Use the proper tools for the job. Do not attempt to lift drill rod, subs, stabilizersor bits without the proper lifting devices.

2. Use the proper technique in loading and unloading drill rod. If a lifting bail isused, make sure it can be detached by a helper while standing on the ground.Use a rod handling tool if the carousel needs to be filled.Make sure the safetyclip is in place.

DANGER!

NEVER RIDE THE ROTARY HEAD FOR ANY REASON!!!

3. Do not attempt any repairs to the drill while it is running. Stop the drill to makerepairs.

4. Do not allow anyone to climb the tower. If repairs must be made, lower thetower or use a man lift to reach the repair area.

5. Do not ride the rotary head for any reason. It is not meant to be an elevator.

6. Do not use the hoist cable as a man lift.

7. Do not operate the drill except from the operator’s station. Trying to operatefrom any other position is a safety hazard and can cause serious injury.

8. Do not hoist or brake too sharply. This can cause premature failure ofequipment and can be dangerous.

9. Don’t retract the hoist so far that it slams into the crown block. Continuous pullon the wire rope can break it and drop the load.

10. Know the limitations of your drill and don’t exceed the design limits.


2-15

MOVING THE DRILL

1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving.

2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving.

3. Lower tower if moving a long distance.

4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill.

5. Know the drill’s height, width, weight and length before moving.

6. Check brakes on truck, before leaving job site.

7. If moving with the tower raised, make sure all locking pins are in place and theground is level and solid.

8. On deephole drills, be careful cornering to allow for tower overhang.

9. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are notin view.

10. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.


2-16

STOPPING AND SHUTDOWN

1. Move drill away from highwall or face before shutting the drill down for the day.

2. Don’t park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in.

3. ALWAYS park the drill rig on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, alwayspark the drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the tires.

4. If the drill is left over a hole, lower the jacks so the tires touch the ground.

5. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill.

6. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill.

7. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave theoperator’s cab while the engine is running.

8. Position the engine speed control to “LOW IDLE” and turn key switch to OFF.

9. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operator’s cab.

10. Lock all lockable compartments.

11. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking inareas of heavy traffic.


2-17

MAINTENANCE SAFETYIn any work concerning the operation, conversion or adjustment of the drill and its safety oriented devices or any work related to maintenance, inspection and repair, always observe the startup and shut down procedures set out in the operating instructions and the information on maintenance work.

All personnel involved in setting up drills or handling maintenance and repairs must know and practice proper procedures, including lockout and tagout practices.

1. Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured.

2. If the drill is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it must besecured against inadvertent starting by:

•Locking the principal control elements and removing the ignition key and/or

•Attaching a warning sign to the main starter key switch.

3. Carry out maintenance and repair work only if the drill is positioned on stableand level ground and has been secured against inadvertent movement.

4. USE CARE when attaching and securing lifting tackle to individual parts and tolarge assemblies being moved for replacement purposes to avoid the risk ofaccidents. USE lifting gear that is in perfect condition and with adequate liftingcapacity.NEVERwork or stand under suspended loads.

5. ALWAYS USE correct tools and workshop equipment when performingmaintenance to the drill.

6. ALWAYS USE specially designed or otherwise safety oriented ladders andworking platforms when doing overhead assembly work. Never use drill partsas a climbing aid and never climb the tower.

7. KEEP all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free frommud, dirt, snow and ice.

8. CLEAN the drill, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces ofoil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance or repair. NEVER useaggressive detergents. Use lint free cleaning rags.

9. Before cleaning the drill with water, steam jet (high pressure cleaning) ordetergents, COVER OR TAPE up all openings which, for safety and functionalreasons, must be protected against water, steam or detergent penetration.Special care must be taken with electric motors and components.

10. ENSURE during cleaning of the drill that temperature sensors do not come intocontact with hot cleaning agents.

11. REMOVE all covers and tapes applied for that purpose after cleaning the drill.

12. After cleaning, EXAMINE all fuel, lubricant and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks,loose connections, chafe marks and damage. REPAIR or REPLACE anydefective parts immediately.

13. Always TIGHTEN any and all screwed connections that have been loosenedduring maintenance and repair.


2-18

14. Any safety devices that were removed for setup, maintenance or repairpurposes must be refitted and checked immediately upon completion of themaintenance and repair work.

15. ENSURE that all the consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safelyand with minimum environmental impact.

16. AVOID, whenever possible, the servicing, cleaning or examining of the drill rigwith the engine running.

17. AVOID, whenever possible: servicing or providing maintenance to the drill rigunless the tires are adequately chocked and the parking brake is applied.

18. DO NOT alter the engine governor settings from those indicated in the enginemanual and the engine option plate.

19. ALWAYS replace damaged or lost decals. Refer to the parts manual for theproper location and part number for all decals.

20. Use only original circuit breakers with the specified current rating. Shut downthe drill immediately if trouble occurs in the electric system.

21. Work on the electrical system or on electrical equipment may only be carriedout by a skilled electrician or by specially instructed personnel under the directsupervision and control of an electrician and in accordance with the applicableelectrical engineering.

22. If provided for in the regulations, power supply to parts of the drill on whichinspection, maintenance and repair work is to be carried out, must be cut off.

23. Before starting any work, check the de-energized parts for the presence ofpower and ground or short circuit them in addition to insulating adjacent liveparts and elements.

24. The electrical equipment of drill is to be inspected and checked at regularintervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must berectified immediately.

25. Welding, flame cutting and grinding work on the drill should only be done ifexpressly authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and fire.

26. Before beginning welding, flame cutting and grinding operations, clean the drilland its surrounding area from dust and other flammable substances and makesure that the premises are adequately ventilated (risk of explosion).

27. Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and forobvious damage. Repair damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause injuryand fire.

28. Depressurize all system sections and pressure pipes (hydraulic, compressedair) that are to be removed in accordance with the specific instructions beforecarrying out any repair work.

29. Hydraulic lines must be laid and fitted correctly. Ensure there are noconnections that are interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of the hosesmust comply with the technical requirements.


2-19

30. When handling oils, lubricants and other chemical substances, observe theproduct related safety regulations.

31. Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning or scalding).


2-20

FUELING

1. NEVER fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while near an open flame orwhile smoking. ALWAYS wipe up any spilled fuel.

2. Do not spill fuel on hot surfaces.

3. Refuel in a well ventilated area.

4. Keep open lights, lighted smoking materials, flames or spark-producingdevices at a safe distance when refueling.

5. Keep fuel nozzle in contact with tank being filled, or provide a ground to preventstatic sparks from igniting fuel.

6. Turn off cab and fuel heaters.

7. Never mix any other fuel with diesel oil. An explosion can occur.

BATTERIES

1. DISCONNECT the battery cables when working on the electrical system orwhen you are welding on the drill rig.

2. BE SURE the battery area is well ventilated (clear of fumes) should it benecessary to connect a jump battery or battery charger. Fumes from the batterycan ignite by a spark and explode.

3. BE SURE the battery charger is turned “OFF” when making the connections ifbattery charging is required.

4. Always wear safety glasses when servicing batteries.

5. Connect the ground cable last when installing a battery.

6. Battery acid will burn skin, eat holes in clothing and cause blindness if splashedinto the eyes.

7. Batteries generate a highly explosive mixture. A spark could ignite these gases.

8. Do not short across batteries. The spark could ignite the gases.

9. Keep battery covers in place at all times. Be sure there is no connectionbetween the battery terminals and the cover.


2-21

WIRE ROPE AND CABLE

1. Winches and ropes must be inspected frequently for unforeseeable wearpatterns, and discarded according to certain criteria (refer ISO 4305).

2. Wire rope running over drums and through sheaves creates pinch points. Donot use hands or bars to guide wire rope onto drums; instead, use rope guides.Keep clothing and all parts of the body away from running rope and from themachinery that moves the rope.

3. Replace wire rope when it is worn to the following:

•Six (6) randomly distributed broken wires are found in one lay.

•Wear of one-third (1/3) the original diameter of outside wires.

•Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.

•Any kinking or cracking occurs.

4. Make sure all hooks are connected properly.

•Saddle and nuts must be around lifting side of cable.

•Always use a thimble when installing a hook.

•Always use the correct number of clamps for cable size.

•All hooks must have lock type dogs to prevent the cable from jumping out of hookthroat.

5. Do not allow cable to backlash on hoist or drum.

•Make sure cable spools properly on hoist drum.

•Do not overload the hoist or wire rope.


2-22

HYDRAULICS

Cylinder Repairs or Replacement

WARNING!

Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil orcomponents. Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose ofproperly.

1. When repairing cylinders, be sure to block them up to prevent dropping orrolling off the drill.

2. After repairing or replacing cylinders, especially the feed or tower raising ones,purge all air out of each end of the cylinder before connecting it to the drill. Airin one end can cause the tower or rotary head to fall and cause an accident.

3. Loosen feed cables or chains before trying to remove feed cylinders.

4. Plug all hoses as soon as they are removed from the cylinders to prevent oilspills and slippery conditions.

5. Use a hoist to lift the larger cylinders.

Pumps and Motors

1. Make sure hoses are plugged when replacing pumps and motors.

2. Always replace pumps and motors with the same size and type.

3. Use the correct adapters when installing pump or motor.

Valves

1. When working on valves, keep area clean to prevent contamination fromgetting inside valve.

2. Be sure the valve being installed is the same type as the one removed. Themotor and cylinder spools are interchangeable and they may cause an accidentor the failure of a component if used incorrectly.

Hoses

1. Do not replace a hose with one of lesser strength or capacity. Breakage orleakage could result.

2. Do not use a ’will-fit” hose as it may fail and cause an accident before it can bereplaced by the correct type.


2-23

COOLERS AND FANS

1. Never remove the fan guard unless the drill is shut down and locked out.

2. When testing fan speed, do so with the guard in place.

3. Do not try to remove debris from inside the fan guard. Stop the drill and lockoutthe switch before removing.

4. Be careful while washing out coolers with pressure washers. Spray can injureeyes.

5. Coolers are heavy. Obtain a suitable winch capable of lifting and movingcoolers or radiators before replacing.

GUARDS

1. If any guards must be removed from the drill to perform service, always replacethem before the drill is started.

2. If a guard becomes damaged or lost, replace or repair it before starting drill.

3. Do not cut out or modify a guard. It was designed to protect people from gettinginjured.

LUBRICATION

1. Never attempt to lubricate the drill while it is running, unless drill is fitted withautomatic lubrication system. Stop drill for all maintenance.

2. To lubricate the fittings on the tower, lay the tower down and use a man lift toreach the inaccessible places. Do NOT climb the tower for ANY reason.

3. To lubricate drive lines, reach through the guards. Do not remove them.

NOTE: If a lube point will not take grease, report it immediately. A bearingcan get hot and cause a fire if not lubricated properly.


2-24

COMPRESSOR

WARNING!

The normal operating temperature of compressor oil is hot enough tocause serious burns. Use precautions when working on any hot fluidlines or changing filters.

WARNING!

Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the drain valve beforemaking sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system.

1. Relieve all pressure in the receiver tank and lines before working on thecompressor system.

2. Do not allow tools or air-powered equipment to be connected to the drill hoses.They must be attached to the service regulator, and the pressure must beadjusted to the working capacity of the tool being used.

3. Do not remove any regulation or control hoses while the drill is running orpressure is still in the system. High pressure air can cause serious injuries.

4. Be careful when using service air to clean off the working area.High pressureair can be dangerous.

5. Turn off drill air and exhaust drill string before unscrewing drill pipe at the table.

6. Do not turn on high pressure air too quickly when the air hoses are in the vicinityof people.Hoses can jump and injure people, especially if there is water or oilinside them.


2-25

WARNING OF SPECIAL DANGERSWhen working with the drill, maintain a safe distance from overhead electric lines. If work is to be carried out close to overhead electric lines, the working equipment must be kept well away from them. CAUTION! DANGER! Check out the prescribed safety distances.

DANGER!

If your drill comes into contact with a live wire:

• Do not leave the drill. Do not step off the platform.

• Warn others against approaching and touching the drill.

• Have the live wire de-energized.

• Do not leave the drill until the damaged line has been safely de-energized.

DANGER!

Operate internal combustion engines and fuel operated heating systemsonly in adequately ventilated premises. Before starting the drill inenclosed premises, make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.

DANGER!

Exceeding the slope or grade limitations of the drill and its configurationcan cause the drill to tip over. Prior to moving the drill into position,always determine the safe operating grade of the drill with tower up anddown. Do not move the drill with tower up.


2-26

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION

The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions Equipment Distributor.

The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous to health if used incorrectly.

The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may be hazardous to health.

SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION

Anti Freeze Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Hydraulic Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Engine Lubricating Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Compressor Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Preservative Grease Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Rust Preventative Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Engine Fuel Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Battery Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

SAE Gear Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.


Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid breathing fumes.

Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces.

Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/Insulation)

Avoid breathing in during maintenance.

Brake Lining Dust Avoid breathing in during maintenance.


2-27

2.2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

BE AWARE OF SAFETY INFORMATIONThis is the Safety-Alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDSA signal word - DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION - is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION safety labels are located near specific hazards.

NOTICE labels are for general information.

DANGER!

DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICHWILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNINGIS IGNORED.


2-28

WARNING!

WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICHCAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH IF THE WARNING IS IGNORED.

CAUTION!

CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD WHICHWILL OR CAN CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY, OR PROPERTY DAMAGE IFTHE WARNING IS IGNORED.

NOTICENotice is used to notify people of installation, operation, or maintenanceinformation which is important but not hazard related.

FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONSCarefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine’s safety labels. Keep safety labels in good condition. Replace all missing or damaged safety labels.

Replacement safety labels can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or representative or by contacting the factory.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use the controls properly. DO NOT LET ANYONE OPERATE THIS MACHINE WITHOUT PROPER INSTRUCTION.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas Copco dealer.


2-29

KEEP MACHINE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITIONKeep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and/or safety and effect machine life.

Make sure all safety devices, including shields are installed and functioning properly.

Visually inspect the machine daily before starting the machine. Do not operate the machine with loose, worn, or broken parts.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGWear APPROVED safety equipment (safety shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection, hard hat, gloves, respirator, etc.) when operating or maintaining the machine.

Wear close fitting clothing and confine long hair.

Operating equipment requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating the machine.


2-30

HANDLE FUEL SAFELY - AVOID FIRESHandle fuel with care, it is highly flammable. Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when near open flame or sparks.

Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank outdoors.

Prevent fire by keeping machine clean of accumulated trash, debris, and grease. Always clean up spilled fuel.

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINENever ride on a machine. The operator’s cab is for one person only. Riders are subject to injury such as being thrown off the machine.


2-31

AVOID MOVING PARTSKeep hands, feet, and clothing away from power driven parts.

Keep safety shields in place and properly secured.

CHECK LAWS AND REGULATIONSKnow and obey all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations that apply to your work situation.

PLACE WARNING BARRIERS AROUND WORK SITESet up traffic barriers around the work area with warning signs facing outward.

Place pedestrian and traffic barriers around the job site in accordance with Federal, State, local, and governing agency laws and regulations.


2-32

CHECK FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINESBefore starting work, remember that contact with buried utilities may cause serious injury or death. Electric line contact may cause electric shock or electrocution. Gas line contact may rupture pipe causing explosion or fire. Fiber optic cables can blind you if you look into the laser light in them. Water line rupture may cause a flood and possible ground collapse. Before drilling, check with qualified sources to properly locate all buried utilities in and around drill path. Select a drill path that will not intersect buried utilities. Never launch a drill bit on a path toward electric, gas, or water lines. Until their location is known, have the utility company shut it off before starting any underground work. Excavate to confirm its exact location.


2-33

DO NOT WORK ON OR NEAR UNSTABLE GROUNDDo not work in trenches with unstable sides which could cave in. Do not work near faces or walls that can collapse. Do not work near benches that can collapse. Specific requirements for shoring or sloping trench walls, faces, and benches are available from several sources including Federal and State O.S.H.A. offices, or appropriate governing agency. Be sure to contact suitable authorities for these requirements before working in a trench. Federal O.S.H.A. regulations can be obtained by contacting the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. State O.S.H.A. regulations are available at your local state O.S.H.A. office, or appropriate governing agency.

ROLLOVER POSSIBLEProceed slowly; be alert and use extreme caution when operating on hillsides, or near ditches, gullies, holes, or obstructions where rollover could occur.

Refer to Stability Chart in cab for specific information on rollover angle data.


2-34

AVOID ELECTROCUTION. STAY AWAY.Electrocution possible. Serious injury or death may result if the machine strikes an energized power line. Take the following precautions to prevent electrocution. Also refer to the operating instructions.

• Always contact your local utility company when working in the vicinity of utilities.

• Locate underground utilities by qualified persons.

• Do not raise, lower, or move drill guide or boom near power lines.

• Always wear proper electrically insulated lineman’s gloves and boots.

• Never touch metal parts on machine while standing on bare ground if machinecomes in contact with a power line.

• Always stay in cab during all drilling operations.

• Never step onto or off of a machine if an electric strike occurs.


2-35

AVOID COOLANT BURNSHot fluid under pressure can erupt and scald if opened.

Allow to cool before opening.

AVOID BATTERY BURNS AND EXPLOSIONBattery contains sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing.

Battery fumes are flammable and can explode. Keep all burning materials away frombattery.Do not smoke. Tools and cable clamps can make sparks. Shield eyes and face from battery.

CHECK FOR OVERHEAD UTILITY LINESCheck for overhead electrical power lines or other obstructions and be certain there is adequate clearance when handling drill rod or moving machine.


2-36

USE NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDUREBefore servicing, cleaning, repairing, inspecting, lubricating, fueling, or transporting the machine, make sure the machine has been shutdown in accordance with this instruction manual.

WHEN TRANSPORTING ON TRUCK OR TRAILERAttach chains and binders to the machine to securely tie down the machine to the truck or trailer. Refer to LIFTING POINTS in Section 2 for proper location.


2-37

OBSERVE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REGULATIONSBe mindful of the environment and ecology.

Before draining any fluids, find the correct way of disposing them.

Observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters and batteries.

When using any solvent to clean parts, make sure that it is

nonflammable, that it will not harm the skin, that it meets current

O.S.H.A. standards, or appropriate governing agency. And that it is used in an area that is adequately ventilated.

WARNING!

WARNING: Failure to follow any of the above safety instructions or thosethat follow within this manual, could result in serious injury or death. Thismachine is to be used only for those purposes for which it was intendedas explained in this instruction manual.


2-38

INSPECTING SAFETY DECALSSafety decals located on your machine contain important and useful information that will help you operate your equipment safely.

To assure that all decals remain in place and in good condition, follow the instructions given below:

Keep decals clean. Use soap and water, not mineral spirits, abrasive cleaners, or other similar cleaners that will damage the decal.

Replace any damaged or missing decals. When attaching decals, surface temperature of the metal must be at least 40øF (5øC). The metal must also be clean and dry.

When replacing a machine component with a decal attached, replace the decal also. (Decals part numbers and locations on the machine are shown in the safety manual located inside the operator’s cab door pocket.)

Replacement decals can be obtained at no cost from your local Atlas Copco dealer or representative or by contacting the factory.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your local Atlas Copco dealer.


2-39

2.3 - SAFETY DECALS

SAFETY DECAL LOCATIONS

Safety Manual must be kept with machine at all times. Immediately replace Safety Manual and Safety Decals when lost, worn or damaged. Replacement Safety Manuals and Safety Decals can be obtained from your nearest Atlas Copco dealer.


2-40


2-41


2-42


2-43


2-44


2-45


2-46


2-47


2-48


2-49


2-50


2-51


2-52


2-53


2-54


2-55


2-56


2-57


2-58


2-59


2-60


2-61


2-62


2-63


2-64


2-65


2-66


2-67


2-68

3-1

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS

3-2

3.1 - ATLAS COPCO ECM-590/592 Tier III

GENERAL DESCRIPTIONThe ECM-590 drills are built in accordance with state-of-the-art standards and recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, their misuse may constitute a risk to the life and limb of the user or third parties and may cause damage to the drills or other material property.

The Atlas Copco ECM-590 drill is a track mounted, self contained percussive drill, designed primarily for construction and quarry applications.

The ECM-590 employs a variable angle boom ideal for construction and quarry drilling. The boom has a maximum horizontal swing of 35 degrees right and 40 degrees left. The boom’s maximum vertical movement is 51 degrees up and 15 degrees down.

Controls for the ECM-590 are divided between a Tram/Engine console and a Drilling console which permits the operator to focus on the task at hand.

Standard Items on the ECM-590:

• 250 CFM (7.1m/min) rotary screw air compressor

• Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III series diesel engine

• Mainframe constructed of cold finish rectangular steel tubing

• Hydraulic motor driven feed system

• Boom/Guide dump and swing allows a variety of drilling angles

• Independent oscillation of the left and right tracks

• Easy to reach tram and engine controls

• Separate guide mounted drilling console

• Optional rod changer package

• Optional long guide for 20 ft. (6.096 m)

• Two stage air cleaners

SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

3-3

DECK ENGINEThe ECM-590 uses a double-ended diesel engine to drive the air compressor from one end and the hydraulic pump from the other.

Cummins QSB 6.7 Tier III Engine

Engine: Cummins QSB 6.7 rated at 220 H.P. at 2200 R.P.M., Tier III Emission Rated

Air Cleaner: Two-stage, dry type (separate from compressor air cleaner)

Exhaust: Silenced Exhaust system for reduced noise level


3-4

AIR COMPRESSORThe Atlas Copco, oil-filled, asymmetrical screw, single stage air compressor is directly driven from one end of the deck engine through a flexible coupling.

Compressor

Model: CF90

Volume: 250 CFM (7.1m/min)

Pressure Range: 140 psi (9.9 kg/cm2)

Power Source: Direct drive from diesel engine

Air Cleaner: Two-stage, dry type (separate from engine air cleaner)


3-5

AIR CLEANERSThe air cleaners are the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable and can be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned.


3-6

HYDRAULICSAll drilling and propel functions are hydraulically powered. The hydraulic system consists of a 55 gallon (208.19 liter) hydraulic reservoir with 10 micron filtration. There are two hydraulic pumps, mounted on the engine, and various motors, cylinders, valves, filters, gauges and hose piping. A hydraulic oil cooler assures optimum oil temperatures to maximize system efficiency and component life.

The main pump supplies hydraulic power to the drilling functions and the tramming functions. The auxiliary tandem pump supplies oil to the dust collector fan motor and the cooler fan motor.

Reservoir:

Capacity: 55 gallons (208.2 liters)

Filtration: Hydraulic oil filtered with 10-micron elements (quantity of two)

Pump Drive:

Main hydraulic pump coupled to front damper pulley of deck engine with a flexible coupling.

Auxiliary pump driven direct from the engine auxiliary drive.

Pumps:

Main Pump: 6.1 cu. in./rev. displacement, 54 GPM (204.4 L/min.) @ 2200 rpm. with load sense

System Pressure: 3200 psi.

Function: Supplies oil pressure to all hydraulic functions but dust collector and cooler

Auxiliary Pump: Tandem pump

Front Section: 1.94 cu. in./rev (31.8 cc/rev) displacement

Rear Section: .87 cu. in./rev (14cc/rev) displacement

System Pressure: 2500 psi

Function: Supplies oil pressure to the dust collector fan and the cooler fan


3-7

COOLING PACKAGE

Cooler

Type: Single, 4 section cooler, deck mounted

Fan Drive: Hydraulic motor, gear type

Fan Type: Single fan w/guard

Fan Motor Speed: 1850 rpm

Cooling Capacity: Rated at 125ºF (52ºC) ambient at sea level.


3-8

DUST COLLECTOR

Collector

Type: “No visible emission” pleated paper element with pneumatic flushing

Features: 24 volt electronic timer and valves

5 inch diameter inlet

Rotor balanced at 3200 RPM so that vibration does not exceed.75mil (.00075 inches) peak to peak

Fan Motor: Gear type hydraulic drive fan motor with.55 cu. in./rev. displacement

Filters: 2 pleated paper elements


3-9

CONTROLSTwo consoles are used to operate the ECM-590, amain control console and a drill control console. The drill control console is mounted on (and moves with) the guide for optimum operator visibility of the hole collar at dump angles. The main control console is located on the side frame. Engine throttle control and engine tachometer are present on the main control console. Next to the main control console is the set-up valve bank for boom and guide positioning. Tram controls are located under the main control console.


3-10


3-11


3-12

BOOM AND GUIDEThe boom and guide on the ECM-590 is designed for vertical and dump angle drilling. Theboom hydraulic cylinders extend, raise and lower the boom while the dump and swingcylinders set the drilling angle. The Drifter turns the drill rod and moves up and down the guideby a feed motor and feed chain.

Guide

Maximum Horizontal Boom Swing: 35 degrees right, 40 degrees left

Maximum Vertical Boom Movement: 51 degrees up, 15 degrees down

Maximum Boom Extension: 30 inches (762 mm) with automatic rod changer

48 inches (1219.2 mm) without automatic rod changer

Maximum Guide Swing: 48 degrees right, 40 degrees left

Guide Extension: 48 inches (1,219 mm)

Guide Dump Movement: 180 degrees


3-13

DRIFTERThe hydraulic drifters are valved, hydraulically-operated hammer drills that incorporate an integral, independently-controlled, hydraulically-powered rotation motor to rotate the drill steel and bit. It is especially suitable for pipeline work, drilling vertical and angle blast holes in quarries, and on any construction jobs where large volume rock excavations are required.

The ECM-590 is equipped with either a YH70 or a YH80A drifter. The YH70 drifter is used for holes 2.5 to 4 inches (65 to 102mm) in diameter. The YH80Adrifter is used for holes 3 to 4.5 inches (76 to 114mm) in diameter (hole diameter capability is dependent on material being drilled).

YH70

Weight: 419 lb. (190 kg)

Rotation Speed: 0-200 RPM

Frequency: 3000 BPM

YH80A

Weight: 463 lb. (210 kg)

Rotation Speed: 0-150 RPM

Frequency: 2600 BPM


3-14

UNDERCARRIAGEThe ECM-590 utilizes an excavator type undercarriage, built to Atlas Copco specifications. The undercarriage is driven by a planetary gear system and two hydraulic motors with a combined rated 126 HP (93.57 kW) each.

The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved separately or together.

The oscillation system is used to raise or lower the right-hand or the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up the drill on rough terrain. Oscillation control valves are located at the main control console. These controls allow the each track to be moved separately or together.

Overall Length: 123.5 inches (3137.47 mm)

Crawler Ground Contact Length: 97 inches (2464.35 mm)

Take-Up Adjustment: Hydraulic (grease) slack adjustment, spring recoil

Rollers: 8 Lower, 1 Upper

Location: Strategically located for load distribution relative to the boom/guide position

Roller Bearings: Sealed - for - life

Brakes: Plate type, spring applied, hydraulically released

Tow Release: Track drive manually releases for emergency towing

Drive: Two independently controlled hydraulic motors through planetary reduction.

Propel Motors: Fixed displacement, together rated at 126 HP (93.57 kW)

Propel Speed Range: 0 to 2 MPH (0 to 3.2 km/hr.)


3-15

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPACITIES

GENERAL SHIPPING SPECIFICATIONS

Tram Speed: 0-2.0 mph (0-3.2 km/hr)

Gradeability: 35 degrees

Ground Clearance: 18 inches (457 mm)

Grouser Width: 12 inches (305 mm)

Track Length: 121 inches (3,073 mm)

Diesel Fuel Tank Capacity: 100 gallons (378.5 liters)

Hydraulic Tank Capacity: 55 gallons (208 liters)

Separator Tank Capacity: 9 gallons (34 liters)

Radiator (Engine and Radiator Total) Capacity:

13 gallons (49.21 liters)

Engine Oil (With Filter Change) Capacity: 23.2 quarts (21.9 liters)

Vaposol® Tank Capacity: 40 gallons (151 liters)

Final Drive Capacity: 64 ounces (1.89 liters)

Lubricator Capacity: .75 quart (.7 liter)

Shipping Drill Height (Boom at 45 degree angle): 284 inches (7,214 mm)

Shipping Drill Length (Boom at 45 degree angle): 233 inches (5,918 mm)

Shipping Width (W/O Operator Platform: 96 inches (2,438 mm)

Shipping Weight With Automatic Rod Changer: 23,500 pounds (10,660 kg)

Shipping Weight W/O Automatic Rod Changer: 24,500 pounds (11,113 kg)


3-16

4-1

SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

4-2

4.1 - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING!

Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelinesbefore you operate or perform any maintenance, service or repairs on thedrill.

Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not perform any function that could put someone in danger.

Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes Approved Hard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.

WARNING!

If you are not experienced with the drill’s controls and instruments, readand understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.

WARNING!

Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut downengine before working on the drill.

The following operational hints should be observed:

1. Do not speed engine when it is cold.

2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement.

3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running.

4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill.

5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever.

6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill.

7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk ofoverturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk ofoverturning.

SECTION 4 - INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

4-3

8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse.

9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause acrushing risk.

10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selectoris in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stopposition and that the parking brake is applied.


4-4

ECM-590 Tier III INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

BASIC INFORMATION

The instruments and controls section of this manual provides basic information about the operating controls, instruments and indicators located on the consoles and around the drill.

Two consoles are used to operate the ECM-590, amain control console and a drill control console. The main control console is located on the side frame. The drill control console is mounted on (and moves with) the drill guide for optimum operator visibility of the hole collar at dump angles.

The main control console is use to start the engine. This console is also used for gauging engine oil and temperature and controlling engine speed. The main control console also contains discharge air pressure and hydraulic tank pressure gauges, drill light switches, an emergency stop button, compressor switch, voltage gauge, and fuses.

The tram controls are located under the main control console. The left tram control is the valve controlling the left tram motor and the right tram control is the valve controlling the right tram motor.

Oscillation controls are located at the left of the main control console. Oscillation controls include right-hand control, left-hand control, and both work in conjunction with the track oscillation control lever. Both valves must be open when tramming and closed when drilling.

Boom and guide functions are controlled from both control consoles and include boom swing, lift and extension, and guide extension, dump and swing.

The drill control console also has the feed and rotation controls and gauges, dust collector and vaposol controls, automatic rod changer controls, emergency stop button, blow control lever and blow air pressure gauge, dust collector, and the centralizer control.


4-5

OVERALL VIEW OF MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE


4-6

MAIN CONTROL CONSOLE PANEL


4-7

Main Control Console Panel

A description of the gauges and controls on the Main Control Console Panel and their functions are as follows:

Engine “On/Off” Key Power Switch

The Engine “ON/OFF” Key Power Switch turns on all electrical power to the engine and controls stopping and run operations.

NOTICEAlways stop the engine and remove the key when leaving the drillunattended and/or performing certain maintenance procedures.

Engine Start Button

The Engine Start Button switch energizes the starter motor and engages the starter motor solenoid to crank the engine for startup. Press the engine starter button switch and the engine bypass button switch together to start the engine. Once the engine starts, release the engine starter button switch immediately.

NOTICEDo not engage the starter motor solenoid longer than 30 seconds at atime or it will overheat and burn up the starter motor. If the engine doesnot start, WAIT 3 minutes to allow the starter to cool before trying again.

Key Positions:

First Position (CCW) ACC - Accessories (Lights)

Second Position OFF - Off

Third Position (CW) ON - Accessories and Run


4-8

Horn Button

Push the Horn Button to warn persons on the ground that the machine is about to move.

Cold Start Switch (Ether Injection)

The Cold Start Switch operate the Ether Injection system to aid in starting the engine in cold weather.

NOTICEStarting aid may be required when temperature is below 32 degrees F (0degrees C) and will be required when temperature is below 10 degrees F(-12 degrees C).

WARNING!

Starting aids are extremely flammable and can explode. Overloading theengine air intake system could result in an explosion. Avoid overloadingthe engine air intake when starting.

Engine Speed Switch

The Engine Speed Switch controls the engine speed. In the HIGH position, the engine rpm is 2200 rpm with the engine fully loaded. In the LOW position, the engine speed is 1400 rpm.

NOTICEAlways ensure that the engine speed is at HIGH rpm before tramming ordrilling. Full power is necessary to obtain the proper componentoperation and maximum rpm for the greatest efficiency.

WARNING!

A runaway drill can cause injury or death. DO NOT attempt to control drilltravel speed with the engine speed control. Use the tram control tocontrol travel speed. Maintain engine speed at maximum idle speed for alldrill operations.


4-9

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

The Engine Oil Pressure Gauge shows the pressure that is required to circulate oil inside the engine. This gauge should not read less than 10 psi (69 kPa) on LOW idle nor less than 30 to 75 psi (205 to 517 kPa) at normal operating range. Once the low pressure drops to less than 10 psi, the switch in the gauge will stop the engine.

NOTICEThere is a pressure monitoring system in the engine oil pressure gaugethat will shut down the engine immediately in the event that the oilpressure drops below 10 psi; otherwise the engine could be severelydamaged. Check the oil level according to the instructions provided inthe Maintenance Instructions.

Water Temperature Gauge

The engine Water Temperature Gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant system in both F and C scales. Normal operating temperature is from 158-212°F (70-100°C). The system will shut down if the temperature exceeds 215°F (101°C).

NOTICEThere is a temperature monitoring system in the water temperature gaugethat will shut down the engine immediately in the event that the watertemperature exceeds 215 degrees F (101 degrees C); otherwise theengine could be severely damaged. Check the engine coolant accordingto the instructions provided in the Maintenance Instructions.

Engine Data Module Display

The Engine Data Module is a multifunction tool that enables the operator to view many different engine parameters and service codes. This system provides a window into modern electronic engines and includes a graphical backlit LCD screen which has excellent contrast and viewing from all angles. The display can show either a single parameter or a quadrant display showing 4 parameters simultaneously. Diagnostic capabilities include fault codes with text translation for the most common conditions.

The enhanced alarm indication has ultra bright alarm and shutdown LRDs (amber & red). It has a wide temperature range of -40F to +185F (-40C to +85C), display viewing -40F to +167F (-40C to +75C), and increased environmental sealing to +/- 5 PSI (+/- 35kPa).

The Engine Data Module displays critical engine data broadcast by an eletronic engine’s Engine Control Unit (ECU) such as engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system voltage, and more. This unit includes an audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown annunciation.


4-10

Other components in the system are microprocessor PowerView Gages for displaying critical engine data broadcast by an electronic engine or transmissionís Engine Control Unit (ECU): engine RPM, oil pressure, coolant temperature, system voltage, etc. and a combination audible alarm and relay unit for warning and shutdown annunciation.

Faceplate Features and Keypad Functions

The key pad is a capacitive touch sensing system. There are no mechanical switches to wear or stick. The keypad operates in extreme temperatures, with gloves, through ice, snow, mud, grease and more. The display will flash when any of the keys are pressed. The keys on the keypad perform the following functions:

1. Menu Key

The Menu Key is pressed to either enter or exit the menu screens.

2. Left Arrow

The Left Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving theparameter selection toward the left or downward

3. Right Arrow

The Right Arrow Key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving theparameter selection toward the right or upward.

4. Enter Key

The Enter Key (also called the Enter Button) is pressed to select the parameter thatis high-lighted on the screen.

Emergency Stop

The Emergency Stop button switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.


4-11

Compressor Switch

The Compressor Switch, when pressed, will start the build-up of air pressure.Once the drill is started, the compressor will build and maintain 45 psi. To get more pressure, push the Compressor Switch to allow the system to build up and maintain 140 psi.When the higher pressure is no longer needed, pull out the switch and the system will drop back to and maintain 45 psi.

Discharge Pressure Gauge

The Discharge Pressure Gauge indicates the output air pressure of the compressor.When the compressor switch is pulled out, the gauge will indicate an output air pressure of 45 psi. When the switch is pushed in, the gauge will indicate an output air pressure of 140 psi. While drilling, the air pressure should be no less than 70 psi.

Air Temperature Gauge

The Air Temperature Gauge indicates the output air temperature of the compressor. The discharge temperature is in the range of 170 to 200 degrees F (21.1 to 37.8 degrees C).

Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge

The Hydraulic Tank Pressure Gauge shows the pressure in the hydraulic tank to be between 7 and 12 psi.

Fuel Gauge

The Fuel Gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.

Lights Switch

The Lights Switch turns on the lights for night drilling.

Fuses

The Fuses protect the electrical system.

Drifter Hourmeter

The Drifter Hourmeter indicates the number of hours the drifter has operated.


4-12

BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Boom and Guide Controls

Guide Extension Control

The Guide Extension Control raises and lowers the guide when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). To raise the guide, push the lever away from the operator. To lower the guide, pull the lever toward the operator.

Guide Dump Control

The Guide Dump Control pivots the guide up or down when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide up. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide down.


4-13

Guide Swing Control

The Guide Swing Control pivots the guide left to right when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide left. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide right.

Boom Swing Control

The Boom Swing Control swings the boom left to right. Pull the control lever toward the operator to swing the boom left. Push the control lever away from the operator to swing the boom right.

Boom Lift Control

The Boom Lift Control lifts the boom up or down. Pull the control lever toward the operator to move the boom down. Push the control lever away from the operator to move the boom up.

Boom Extension Control

The Boom Extension Control extends or retracts the boom. Pull the control lever toward the operator to retract the boom. Push the control lever away from the operator to extend the boom.


4-14

OSCILLATION CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Oscillation Controls

Track Oscillation Control

The Track Oscillation Control raises and lowers the right-hand and/or left-hand track assembly. This control works in conjunction with the right-hand and left-hand track oscillation controls valves. The right-hand and/or left-hand track oscillation control valves must be opened for the track oscillation control lever to work.

Right-Hand Oscillation Control

The Right-Hand Oscillation Control raises and lowers the right-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up to drill on rough terrain. This control valve must be used in conjunction with the track oscillation control valve located with the hydraulic control valves.

To raise or lower the right-hand track, close the left-hand track oscillation control valve, and open the right-hand oscillation control valve.Move the track oscillation control valve to raise of lower the track assembly.


4-15

Left-Hand Oscillation Control

The Left-Hand Oscillation Control raises and lowers the left-hand track assembly to stabilize the machine when setting up to drill on rough terrain. This control valve must be used in conjunction with the track oscillation control valve located with the hydraulic control valves.

To raise or lower the left-hand track, close the right-hand track oscillation control valve, and open the left-hand oscillation control valve. Move the track oscillation control valve to raise of lower the track assembly.

CAUTION!

Both Oscillation Control Valves must be open when tramming overuneven terrain to allow hydraulic interaction between cylinders which willhelp to maintain stability to the machine.

NOTICEBoth Oscillation Control Valves must be closed when drilling to preventthe machine from tilting out of the drilling position.


4-16

TRAM CONTROLS AT MAIN CONTROLS

Tram Controls

Left-Hand Tram Control

The Left-Hand Tram Control operates the left-hand tram motor.

Right-Hand Tram Control

The Right-Hand Tram Control operates the right-hand tram motor.

Tram Controls

These controls allow each track assembly to move separately or together.


4-17

To tram forward, push both controls away from the operator.

To tram in reverse, pull both controls toward the operator.

To make a right turn, operate the left-hand control while leaving the right-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position.

To make a left turn, operate the right-hand control while leaving the left-hand control in the centered (or neutral) position.

To rotate the machine to the right, push the left-hand control away from the operator and pull the right-hand control toward the operator in unison.

To rotate the machine to the left, push the right-hand control away from the operator and pull the left-hand control away from the operator in unison.


4-18

OVERALL VIEW OF DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE

Drill Control Console


4-19

UPPER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE


4-20

Drill Pressure Gauge

The Drill Pressure Gauge indicates the hydraulic pressure of the drifter hammer.

Feed Pressure Gauge

The Feed Pressure Gauge (sometimes called pull-down pressure) measures the amount of hydraulic down pressure being exerted on the bit by the feed (motor) system.

It can be increased or decreased by turning the Slow Feed Pressure Control.

Slow Feed Pressure Control

The Slow Feed Pressure Control valve regulates the pressure to the feed motor while doing actual drilling. The control will only work when the Slow Feed Control valve handle is pushed away from the operator and the drifter is moving down toward the centralizer end of the drill guide.

Turning the control clockwise will increase feed pressure. Turning the control counterclockwise will reduce the feed pressure.

NOTICEDrifter hammer drilling requires sufficient feed pressure only to matchthe rate of penetration.

Rotation Pressure Gauge

The Rotation Pressure Gauge shows the amount of hydraulic pressure being applied to the rotate the drill bit. The pressure will vary depending on the rock condition.

This gauge is used in conjunction with the Drill Rotation Control.

Blow Air Pressure Gauge

The Blow Air Pressure Gauge (sometimes called Flushing Air) measures the air pressure blowing down the hole. The blow air forces debris (from drilling) out of the hole.

Drill Console Lights

The Drill Console Lights illuminate the console for night drilling.

On/Off Switch for Console Lights

The On/Off Switch for Console Lights control the Drill Console Lights. This switch will also operate the Night Lights Option, if the drill is so equipped.


4-21

Anti-Jam Switch

The Anti-Jam Switch is an on/off switch which operates the automatic Anti-Jam circuit and should be turned on just prior to drilling.

The Anti-Jam circuit is provided to assist the driller when drilling in poor ground. The operation theory is that when the rotation pressure increases to a predetermined level the fluid flowing to the feed motor will be reversed which retracts the bit before it can become stuck in the hole.

Reverse-Percussion Switch (Optional)

The Reverse-Percussion Switch works in conjunction with the Anti-JamCircuit.When the feed motor reverses to retract the bit, the bit may start to stick in the hole. Reverse-Percussion will hammer the bit in reverse, thus hammering the bit out of the hole.

Emergency Stop

The Emergency Stop button switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel system is energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is not operating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve which stops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.All engines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be energized in order to pump fuel.

Dust Collector On/Off Switch

The Dust Collector On/Off Switch operates the dust control system. Push the switch toggle left allows the dust collector to operate automatically whenever the blow (flushing) air is used. Pushing the toggle switch right will operate the dust collector even if blow (flushing) air is not in use. The toggle must be held in this position as it will spring-return to “off” when released.

Water Injection Controls

The Water Injection Controls includes two valves; an on/off valve and a metering control.

The on/off valve control injects a regulated quantity of water/detergent mix into the drill air stream to aid in collaring prevention and to suppress dust created by the drilling operation.

The metering valve adjusts the flow rate of water/detergent mix into the air stream to keep down dust and prevent collaring in the hole. Rotate the valve clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the water flow rate into the air line after the Blow Control Valve Handle has been pushed away from the operator.


4-22

LOWER PANEL AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE


4-23

DRILLING CONTROLS

Drill Percussion Control

The Drill Percussion Control starts the “hammer” action of the drill.Push the control down to start the action. Raise the control to stop the action.

Slow Feed Control

The Slow Feed Control sets the direction of feed from the feed motor. Push the control away from the operator to feed the drill into the hole. Pull the control toward the operator to retract the drill to the top of the drill guide.When the control is in the forward position only, the downward force is regulated by the feed motor control regulator.


4-24

Fast Feed Control

The Fast Feed Control sets the direction of feed from the feed motor. Push the control down to feed the drill toward the centralizer end of the drill guide. Pull the control up to retract the drill to the top of the drill guide.

Drill Rotation Control

The Drill Rotation Control sets the direction of rotation. Push the control down to give the operator forward rotation. Pull the control up to give the operator reverse rotation.

Centralizer Control

The Centralizer Control opens or closes the hydraulic centralizer. Push the control down to close the centralizer. Pull the control up to open the centralizer.

Dust Hood Control

The Dust Hood Control raises or lowers the dust hood. Push the control away from the operator to raise the dust hood. Pull the control toward the operator to lower the dust hood.

NOTICEThe Dust Hood Control will work as stated when the drill guide is in thevertical position.


4-25

BLOW AIR CONTROL

Blow Air Control

The Blow Air Control is a switch that turns on or off the air blown down the hole (also called flushing air).


4-26

BOOM AND GUIDE CONTROLS AT DRILL CONTROL CONSOLE

Guide Extension Control

The Guide Extension Control raises and lowers the guide when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). To raise the guide, push the lever away from the operator. To lower the guide, pull the lever toward the operator.

Guide Dump Control

The Guide Dump Control pivots the guide up or down when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide up. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide down.


4-27

Guide Swing Control

The Guide Swing Control pivots the guide left to right when the drill guide is in the vertical position only (this control will not work if not in the vertical position). Pull the control lever toward the operator to pivot the guide left. Push the control lever away from the operator to pivot the guide right.

Boom Swing Control

The Boom Swing Control swings the boom left to right. Pull the control lever toward the operator to swing the boom left. Push the control lever away from the operator to swing the boom right.

Boom Lift Control

The Boom Lift Control lifts the boom up or down. Pull the control lever toward the operator to move the boom down. Push the control lever away from the operator to move the boom up.

Boom Extension Control

The Boom Extension Control extends or retracts the boom. Pull the control lever toward the operator to retract the boom. Push the control lever away from the operator to extend the boom.


4-28

MID-POINT CENTRALIZER SWITCH FOR LONG GUIDE OPTION

The ECM-590 Long Guide option has 22 ft. (6.71m) of drifter travel. A 24 ft. (7.32m) starter rod can be used with the Mid-Point Centralizer for long, single-pass applications. A manual Rod Rack with four 12 ft. (3.66 m) rods is included for deeper drilling depths. A 30 inch (762 mm) boom extension helps with positioning on the toughest jobs.

To move the Mid-Point Centralizer “IN” to support the Drill Rod, move the Switch left.

To move the Mid-Point Centralizer “OUT” away from the Drill Rod. move the Switch right.


4-29

DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLS


4-30

On Time Dial

The On Time Dial adjusts the duration of the pulse jet for the cleaning air. Ingersoll-Rand recommends this dial be set for.15 seconds duration.

Off Time Dial

The Off Time Dial adjusts the time between pulses. Ingersoll-Rand recommends this dial be set for 5 seconds intervals.

Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator

The Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator adjusts the air pressure used for the cleaning cycle of the dust collector. The pulse pressure is set at 60 psi (4.2 kg/cm2) between pulses. The Air Pressure Regulator/Water Separator also removes moisture from the air before it goes into the dust collector. The water can be drained from the bottom of the unit.

WARNING!

Never set the air pressure regulator to exceed 60 psi (4.2 kg/cm2). Excesspressure can damage the pneumatic parts causing failure.

Air Pressure Gauge

The Air Pressure Gauge indicates the air pressure used for the cleaning cycle of the dust collector.

Manometer

The Manometer measure the vacuum of the dust collector. The measure is 18 - 19 inches of water from the clean side of the filters to atmosphere.

Manifold Drain

The Manifold Drain allows the removal of condensed water that has built up in the manifold. During high humidity or high moisture conditions, it may be necessary to leave this drain slightly open.


4-31

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL AND TEMPERATURE

The Hydraulic Oil Level and Temperature Gauge measures the amount of hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank as well as the temperature of the oil. The hydraulic oil level should be at the HIGH mark on the gauge.


4-32

COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL AT SEPARATOR TANK

The Compressor Oil Level Sight Glass indicates the compressor oil level in the system. The sight glass will show oil at the mid point when the compressor system is not in operation.


4-33

AIR CLEANER

Air Cleaner Indicators

Engine Air Cleaner Indicator

The Engine Air Cleaner Indicator reveals a restriction in the air intake filter system. The indicator should be GREEN. If RED, clean or replace filter elements.

Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator

The Compressor Air Cleaner Indicator reveals a restriction in the air intake filter system. The indicator should be GREEN. If RED, clean or replace filter elements.


4-34

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTER INDICATOR

The Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Indicator shows when the hydraulic oil return filter needs to be changed, and should only be checked when the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature. The hydraulic filters must be changed during normal maintenance or when the indicator shows a reading of 30 psi (2.1 kg/cm2) of higher.


4-35

TRACK FINAL DRIVE

Disengaging Track Final Drive

The Track Final Drive must be disengaged to tow the drill. This is done by removing the two bolts in the drive middle cover plate. Remove and turn the plate over, then re-install the two bolts. Tighten the bolts until the plate is flush with the outer surface of the outer drive cover.

DANGER!

Death or personal injury can result from improperly towing a disengageddrill.

WARNING!

The brakes are ineffective when the final drive is disengaged. Alwayschock or block the tracks before releasing brakes.

NOTICENever tow the machine faster than 2 MPH (3.2 kmh) as severe damage canoccur to the tram motors as a result of over speeding.


4-36

LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT VALVE

The Lubricator Adjustment Valve adjusts the amount of rock drill oil allowed into the air system to properly lubricate the drifter piston and other air operated items.


4-37

HYDRAULIC OIL HAND PUMP

The Hydraulic Oil Hand Pump is used to fill or add hydraulic oil to the hydraulic reservoir.Oil is pumped through filters to ensure a clean hydraulic oil introduced into the system. The hand pump is the only means of filling the hydraulic reservoir.

The Hose Connection is where the hose from the hydraulic oil source connects to the hand pump.


4-38

AIR ACCESSORY CONNECTION

The Air Accessory Connection is a pneumatic port for use of air tools or other air driven accessories.

5-1

SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

5-2

5.1 -DRILL OPERATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING!


Safety should be the main concern for anyone working on or around the drill. Do not performany function that could put someone in danger.

Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes ApprovedHard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do notwear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.

WARNING!

If you are not experienced with the drill’s controls and instruments, readand understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.

WARNING!

Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut downengine before working on the drill.

The following operational hints should be observed:

1. Do not speed engine when it is cold.

2. Always chock the tracks if there is a possibility of uncontrolled movement.

3. Do not lubricate the drill while the engine is running.

4. Always perform safety checks prior to starting and using the drill.

5. Do not control propel speed using the engine speed control lever.

6. Always operate the drill at full engine power when drilling or tramming the drill.

7. Use caution when propelling on unstable surfaces where there may be a risk ofoverturning or when loading onto a transporter where there is a risk ofoverturning.

SECTION 5 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

5-3

8. Never propel or stop the drill on a slope or surface that is liable to collapse.

9. Never stop the drill against a high wall that is liable to collapse or cause acrushing risk.

10. Before starting engine, always check to see that the drill/propel mode selectoris in the drill position and both propel control levers and drill feed are at stopposition and that the parking brake is applied.


5-4

WALK AROUND INSPECTION

General Information

Before every shift and prior to starting the ECM-590 drill, a walk around inspection of theoverall drill should be performed. This is in addition to the 8 or 10 hour daily routinemaintenance procedures. Performance of this inspection can result in longer life andmaximum productivity from the drill.

Check for Hydraulic System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all hydraulic components (pumps, motors, valves, hoses, etc.) shouldbe made to detect possible leaks or any irregularities. This is particularly important when thedrill is new. Drills have been equipped at the factory with a hydraulic oil containing a bluecolored dye which will aid in early detection of leaks.

WARNING!

Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hotoil or hot components to contact the skin.

Check for Compressor System Oil Leaks

A careful inspection of all compressor components (air end, air end pump, valves, hoses,fittings and filters) should be made to insure there are no compressor oil leaks or anyirregularities. This is particularly important when the drill is new.

WARNING!

High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Completely relievepressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover.


5-5

Check for Coolant System Leaks

Power pack engine radiators should be checked for leaks. Failure to cool the engine properlycan result in engine failure or severely reduce engine life.

WARNING!

Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escapingfrom the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact withskin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow it to cool downbefore removing the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure.Avoid contact with steam or escaping fluid.

Check for Fuel System Leaks

Maintain fuel tanks at a high level to minimize water condensation inside the tank. This is bestaccomplished by filling fuel tanks at the end of each day. Check fuel tanks and fuel lines forpossible leaks. Because of the potential fire hazard, leaks must be corrected as soon as theyare spotted.

WARNING!

Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine,extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank or drainingfuel filters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.

General Checks

Other general checks should be made at this time for any wear and tear on the drill. Check forbroken or cracked welds, loose or missing bolts, broken or inoperative gauges, or any otherirregularities which could lead to more costly breakdowns.

Frequently walk around the drill and inspect for leaks, loose or missing parts, damagedparts or parts out of adjustment. Perform all recommended daily maintenance.


5-6

PRE-START INSPECTION

General Information

Before starting the ECM-590, a pre-operation inspection of the overall drill is very important.This inspection should be performed before each shift and at every startup. These are inaddition to the daily routine maintenance. Performance of this inspection can result in longerlife and maximum productivity from the drill.

The following are checks and verifications of the overall drill that should be performed prior tostarting.

Check Engine Lubricating Oil Level

Check the engine oil level by viewing the dipstick. The drill must be level when checking theoil level to be sure the measurement is correct. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off theengine to check the oil level. This allows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan. If oil level islow, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.

WARNING!

Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hotoil or hot components to contact the skin.

Check Engine Coolant Level

Check engine coolant level, on low pressure drills, at the radiator cap when the radiator is coolto the touch. The level should be maintained up to the neck of the filler.

Check engine coolant level, on high pressure drills, on the radiator sight glass. The levelshould be maintained so fluid can be seen in the sight glass.

If the coolant level is low, refer to the instructions given in the Maintenance Procedures sectionof this manual.

WARNING!

Injury can occur when removing the radiator cap. Steam or fluid escapingfrom the radiator can burn. Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact withskin and eyes. Always shut down the engine and allow to cool beforeremoving the radiator cap. Remove cap slowly to relieve pressure. Avoidcontact with steam or escaping fluid.


5-7

Check Fuel Level Check Fuel Level

Check fuel level gauge. The tank should be refilled when the indicator needle moves to below1/4 tank. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of Section 7 MAINTENANCE. Selectthe proper grade of fuel oil in accordance with the instructions given in the Fuel Specificationssection of this manual.

WARNING!

Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine,extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while filling tank. Alwayswipe up any spilled fuel.

Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator

The fuel filter /water separator should be monitored daily for signs of water and sediment. Ifwater is present, drain the water and sediment from the filters / separators. Refer to theinstructions given in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.

WARNING!

Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine,extinguish all open flames, and do not smoke while draining fuel / waterfilters. Always wipe up any spilled fuel.

Check Compressor Oil Level

Check the compressor oil level.With the drill in a level position, the oil level should be in themiddle of the sight gauge. If oil is required, follow the instructions in the MaintenanceProcedures section of this manual.

WARNING!

High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Completely relievepressure before removing filler plug, fittings or receiver cover. Hot oil orcomponents can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.


5-8

Drain Water from Receiver Tank

When compressing air, water will condense in the receiver tank and mix with the compressoroil. If allowed to accumulate, the water will significantly reduce bearing life. Follow theinstructions in the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual and relieve water from thesystem.

WARNING!

High Pressure can cause severe injury or death. Do not attempt to removeany plugs or open the drain valve before making sure all air pressure hasbeen relieved from the system. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoidcontact with hot oil or components.

Check the Batteries

Check the battery posts and cables for corrosion. Check and keep the electrolyte levels abovethe battery plates or to the bottom of the fill holes. Refer to the Maintenance Proceduressection of this manual.

WARNING!

Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Battery fumes can igniteand explode. Do not smoke when observing battery fluid level. Skin andeye contact with battery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eyecontact with battery fluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately withwater.

Check Pump Drive Gearbox Oil Level

Check the oil level in the Pump Drive Gearbox and maintain it to the “FULL” level indicated onthe dipstick. Refer to the Maintenance Procedures section of this manual.

WARNING!

Rotating Shaft can cause severe injury or death. Do not operate withguard removed. Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hotoil or components.


5-9

Check the Hydraulic Oil Level

The hydraulic oil level should be checked by the sight gauge on the hydraulic tank.

The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retracted positions of thehydraulic cylinders. It is important to follow the directions in the Maintenance Proceduressection of this manual when reading the level gauge:

1. The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted, tower down, jacks up androtary head at the top of the tower should be between the FULL mark and theMINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.

2. The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND whenthe engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at all times.

Add oil to bring to levels defined above by following directions in the Maintenance Proceduressection of this manual.

Select the proper grade of oil in accordance with the information given in the LubeSpecifications section of this manual.

CAUTION!

Excessive hydraulic oil can rupture the sealed hydraulic tank and causeinjury or property damage. Do not fill hydraulic tank with hydrauliccylinders extended. Retract all cylinders and fill tank to indicated level.

NOTICEDirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. Aclean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drill’sproper function.Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulicsystem to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil levelmust be between the maximum and minimum.


5-10

Keep Operator’s Areas Clean

Make sure the operator’s areas, steps and grab rails are clean. Oil, grease, snow, ice or mudin these areas can cause you to slip and fall. Clean your boots of excess mud before gettingon the drill.

Remove all personal items or other objects from the operator’s area. Secure these items in atool box or remove them from the drill.

Before starting the drill, a check to verify that the Warning Lights, Backup Alarm andEmergency Stop controls are functioning properly is very important. This inspection should beperformed before each shift and at every startup.

CAUTION!

Any drill defects should be reported to the proper personnel. Defectsmust be corrected before starting and operating the drill.


5-11

ENGINE STARTINGGeneral Information

WARNING!




WARNING!

If you are not experienced with the drill’s controls and instruments, readand understand Section 4 - Operating Controls AND Instruments.Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut downengine before working on the drill.

WARNING!


Before starting engine or beginning to move drill, check inside, outside and underneath drill forpeople or obstructions.

Check for warnings or Lockout tags on the controls. If there is a tag attached to the switch, donot start the engine until the warning tag has been removed by the person who installed it.

START the engine from the Main Control Console Panel only.

WARNING!

Do not start the engine unless the hydraulic tank is full. Hydraulic pumpdamage will occur if operated without oil. Ensure the tank is properlyfilled.


5-12

WARNING!

Do not start the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.

Normal Starting Procedure

1. Move all hydraulic controls, switches, etc. to the “OFF”, neutral or minimum flowposition.

2. Pull the Emergency Stop switch out.

3. Turn the Engine Speed switch to the LOW position.


5-13

4. If the outside temperature is below 40 degrees F (4.45 degrees C), turn theCold Start switch to the ON position.

NOTICEIf the Cold Start switch is in the ON position, the automatic temperaturecontrol will not allow the engine to start unless the temperature is below40 degrees F (4.45 degrees C).

5. Turn the Engine “On/Off” Key Power Switch to the ON position.

6. Push the Horn Button to alert all the engine is about to start, then push the Startbutton until the engine starts.

NOTICEIn the event of an emergency while starting the drill, push the EmergencyStop switch to stop the engine.

7. Allow the engine to idle for a minimum of five minutes to allow for proper enginewarm up.

8. Once the engine has warmed, move the Engine Speed switch to HIGH position.

9. Push the Compressor Switch in to load the compressor and allow air pressureto build up in the air system.

WARNING!

Never pull the Compressor Switch out. It will pop out automatically whenthe machine has been shut down and the air pressure has bled off.

10. Continue to leave the Engine Speed switch in HIGH position until the drill istrammed to the desired location. When the operator is ready to start drilling,turn the Engine Speed switch to low. When drilling, the Engine Load Sense willdetermine Engine Speed.


5-14

Stopping The Engine

Use the following sequence to properly shut down the machine:

1. Move the Engine Speed switch to the LOW position.

2. Allow unit to operate at idle speed for five minutes. This allows the engine tocool down as well as permitting foam to dissipate from the oil in the receiver.

3. Turn the Engine “On/Off” Key Power Switch to the OFF position.

4. The Compressor Switch will automatically pop out when the system pressurereduces.


5-15

TRAMMING THE DRILL

General Information

WARNING!




WARNING!




5-16

CAUTION!

Before tramming, position the drill guide to clear all obstacles, whilemaintaining stability.

1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the groundand low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines.

2. Open both the Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Control valves by pushingthem down to the horizontal position.

3. Move the Engine Speed Switch to the HIGH position if tramming over flat, levelterrain. If tramming over rough or uneven terrain, the Engine Speed Switchmust be in the LOW position.

WARNING!

Do not start the machine on a grade greater than 35 degrees.


5-17

4. Move the Left-Hand Tram Control and Right-Hand Control to move themachine to the desired position.

a.To tram forward, push both controls away from the operator.

b.To tram in reverse, pull both controls toward the operator.

c.To make a right turn, operate the left-hand control while leaving the right-handcontrol in the centered (or neutral) position.

d.To make a left turn, operate the right-hand control while leaving the left-handcontrol in the centered (or neutral) position.

e.To rotate the machine to the right, push the left-hand control away from theoperator and pull the right-hand control toward the operator in unison.

f.To rotate the machine to the left, push the right-hand control away from theoperator and pull the left-hand control away from the operator in unison.

WARNING!

Moving the machine can cause sever injury or death. Operate the tramcontrols from the operator platform only. Make certain all persons areclear of the machine before starting it.

WARNING!

Machine rollover can cause severe injury or death. Position the boom andguide uphill side and lowered position when crossing sloped terrain.


5-18

TOWING THE DRILL

General Towing Information

These towing instructions are for moving a disabled drill a short distance, only a few meters(feet) at a low speed not faster than 2 km/h (1.2mph), to a convenient repair location.Theseinstructions are for emergencies only. Always haul the drill on a transporter if long distancemoving is required.

Shielding must be provided on the towing machine to protect the operator if the tow line or barshould break.

Do not allow the operator, or any other personnel, on the drill when it is being towed.

Before towing, make sure the towline or bar is in good condition and has sufficient strength forthe towing situation involved. Use a towing line or bar with a strength of at least 1.5 times thegross weight of the towing machine for towing a disabled drill stuck in mud or when towing ona grade.

Attach cable to towing lugs on the frame.

Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possible personal injury. Usea wire rope cable with loop or ring ends. Use an observer in a safe position to stop the towingprocedure if the cable starts to break or unravel. Stop towing whenever the pulling machinemoves without moving the towed drill.

Keep the towline angle to a minimum. Do not exceed 30 angle from the straight ahead line oftravel.

Sudden machine movement could overload the tow line or bar and cause prematurebreakage. Gradual and smooth acceleration will minimize breakages of towing components.


5-19

Normally, the towing machine should be as large as the disabled drill and have sufficientbraking capacity, weight and power to control both the machine and the disabled drill for thegrade and distance involved. To provide sufficient control and braking when moving thedisabled drill downhill, a larger towing machine or additional tandem connected machinescould be required. This will prevent a runaway or uncontrolled towing operation.

All the different situation requirements cannot be given here. Capacities range from minimaltowing machine capacity required on smooth, level surfaces and increases to maximumcapacity required on inclines and poor surface conditions.

Towing Preparation

1. Place the drill guide in a horizontal position, high enough to clear the groundand low enough to clear all obstacles, such as power lines.

2. Attach the drill to an appropriate towing vehicle using appropriate cable whichcan be secured in position at the towing lugs on the drill.

WARNING!

Do not used a chain for towing. A chain link can break, causing possiblepersonal injury.

3. Block tracks to prevent any movement before releasing brakes or beforedisconnecting the final gear train. The drill can roll free if it is not blocked.

4. Open both the Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Control valves by pushingthem down to the horizontal position.

Disengaging the Final Drive

Prior to disengaging the undercarriage for towing, the drill must be on level ground andcompletely secured from any movement, i.e. via a tow bar connected to the towing vehicle.The drill must not be moved unless secured to prevent a runaway. Ensure the disengagementprocess is only performed with the drill standing still.

Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed. In other words, the gear box and thehydraulic motor are disengaged from the track when the disengagement mechanism isactivated. Disengaging the final drive allows the drill to be towed.

WARNING!

The integrated parking brake in the final drive will not function when thefinal drive is disengaged. Only disengage final drives when the drill isNOT moving.


5-20

WARNING!

The gearbox temperature must be checked before any work is done. Arecently operated gearbox may be hot and may cause injury.

DANGER!

Death or personal injury can result from improperly towing a disengageddrill.

1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to disengaging the finaldrive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris orother contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive.

2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place.


5-21

3. Turn the plate over and re-install while pressing in the pinion. Re-install the twobolts and tighten them. Torque the bolts to 260 “43 IN. LBS. (29.4 “4.90 NSm).

Re-engaging the FInal Drive

After the drill has been towed, the final drive will need to be re-engaged.

1. Thoroughly clean the area around the final drive prior to disengaging the finaldrive. Ensure the track shoes above the final drive are clean. No dirt, debris orother contaminates should be allowed to enter the gear drive.

2. Remove the hex head bolts that secure the shift sleeve plate in place.

3. Turn the plate over and re-install. Re-install the two bolts and tighten them.Torque the bolts to 260 “43 IN. LBS. (29.4 “4.90 NSm).

4. Start the drill and slowly operate the tram controls to ensure the pinions are re-engaged.

It is now safe to disconnect the towing devices.


5-22

WATER INJECTION SYSTEMThe Water Injection System is used to suppress dust in the drilling process.

The Water Injection Controls includes two valves; an on/off valve and a metering control.

The on/off control valve injects a regulated quantity of water/detergent mix into the drill airstream to aid in collaring prevention and to suppress dust created by the drilling operation.

The metering valve adjusts the flow rate of water/detergent mix into the air stream to keepdown dust and prevent collaring in the hole. Rotate the valve clockwise to increase orcounterclockwise to decrease the water flow rate into the air line after the Blow Control ValveHandle has been pushed away from the operator.

To use the Vaposol® System during any drilling operation:

1. Be sure the Vaposol® tank is filled with the water and detergent mixture.

WARNING!

Shut down the machine before opening the Water Injection Tank fill valve.Bleed down the air pressure, then open the fill valve slowly to releaseinternal pressure.

2. Open the Water Injection On/Off Control Valve.

3. Once the operator has pushed the Blow Air Control forward during the drillingoperation, the operator may adjust the Vaposol. Metering Valve to get theproper dampness into the hole.


5-23

DUST COLLECTOR SYSTEM

General Information

The Dust Collector On/Off Switch operates the dust control system. Push the switch toggle leftallows the dust collector to operate automatically whenever the blow (flushing) air is used.Pushing the toggle switch right will operate the dust collector even if blow (flushing) air is notin use. The toggle must be held in this position as it will spring-return to “off” when released.

Before drilling

1. Check that the dust hood seal to the pickup hood is correctly sealing aroundthe drill steel. Change the dust hood seal if damaged.

2. Check the pickup hood and suction hoses for any blockages.

3. Check the suction hose for sharp bends or crushed areas that can prevent itfrom supporting itself or blocking air flow.


5-24

Dust Collector Operation

To use the Dust Collector System during any drilling operation, turn the Dust Collector Switchto the ON position. The Dust Collector will activate automatically when the Blow Air Control ispushed forward during the drilling operation, collecting dirt and dust automatically. The DustCollector will activate a self cleaning system and empty dirt and dust out of the collector andonto the ground.

When drilling through overburden, there is a risk of blockages in the suction hose and pickuphood due to the concentration of heavy and dense material.

If a blockage occurs, shut the dust collector off and remove the suction hose from the pickuphood outlet, let the heavy and dense material fall out of the pickup hood, then remove, by handif necessary, any blockages in the cushion hose.

If continual water is noticed in the hole, you should stop the dust collector. If water is notnoticed in the hole and filters become clogged with dust and water, the remove the filters andallow them to dry.


5-25

EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM

Emergency Stop Switch

Emergency Stop Switches are located at the Main Control Console and the Drill ControlConsole. Push either of these switches to shut down the machine in the event of anemergency.


5-26

ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION

1. When power is first applied to the PowerView (monitoring system), the display“Logo” appears.

2. The “Wait to Start” message will be displayed for engines with a pre--startupsequence. Once the “Wait to Start” message is no longer displayed theoperator may start the engine. Note: Displays only when SAE J1939 messageis supported by engine manufacturer.

3. Once the engine has started the single engine parameter is displayed.

Main Menu Navigation

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch “Menu”.

2. The first seven items of the “MainMenu”will be displayed. Touching the“ArrowButtons”will scroll through the menu selection.


5-27

3. Touching the right arrow button will scroll down to reveal the last items of “MainMenu” screen highlighting the next item down.

4. Touch the “Arrows” to scroll to the desiredmenu itemor touch “Menu” to exit theMain menu and return to the engine parameter display.

Selecting A Language

1. Starting at the main menu display use the “Arrows” to scroll to the “Language”menu and once highlighted touch the “Enter” button.


5-28

2. The language choices will be displayed. Use the “Arrow” buttons to scrollthrough the selections and touch “Enter” to make a selection.

3. Now that the language has been selected, touch the “Menu” button to return tothe main menu display.

Stored Fault Codes

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu” button.

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until the “Stored Fault Codes” is highlighted.


5-29

3. Once the “Stored Fault Codes” menu has been highlighted touch the “Enter”button to view the “Stored Fault Codes”.

4. If the word “More” appears above the “Arrow Buttons” there are more storedfauld codes that may be viewed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to the nextStored Diagnostic Code.


5-30

5. Touch the “Menu Button” to return to the main menu.

6. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the main menu and return to the engineparameter display

Engine Configeration Data

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, touch the “MenuButton”.


5-31

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until the “Engine Configuration” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Engine Configuration” menu item has been highlighted, touch the“Enter Button” to view the engine configuration data.

4. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through the engine configuration data.


5-32


6. Touch the ”Menu Button” to exit the main menu and return to the engineparameter display.


5-33

FAULTS AND WARNINGS

Auxiliary Gauge Fault

1. During normal operation, the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.

2. The PVA Series of auxiliary gauges can be attached to the PowerView. Theseauxiliary gauges communicate with the Modbus master PowerView via a daisy-chained RS-485 port. If at any time during system initialization or normaloperation an auxiliary gauge should fail, the single or four parameter screen willbe replaced with the “MLink Gage Fault” message.


5-34

3. To achknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameterdisplay, touch the “Enter Button”.

4. The display will return to the single or four parameter screen.


5-35

5. Touching the “Enter Button” will redisplay the hidden fault. Touching the “EnterButton” once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or fourparameter display.

NOTE: The fault can only be cleared by correcting the cause of the faultcondition.


5-36

Active Fault Codes

1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.

2. When the PowerView receives a fault code from an engine control unit thesingle or four parameter screen will be replaced with the “Active Fault Codes”message.

3. The word “MORE” appears above the “Arrow Buttons” there are more activefault codes that may be viewed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to the next“Active Fault Code”.


5-37

4. To acknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameterdisplay touch the “Enter Button”.

5. The display will return to the single or four parameter display, but the displaywill contain the “Active Fault” warning icon. Touching the “Enter Button” willredisplay the hidden fault.

6. Touching the “Enter Button” once again will hide the fault and return the screento the single or four parameter display.


5-38

7. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the faultcondition is corrected.

NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.


5-39

Shutdown Codes

1. During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed.

2. When the PowerView receives a severe fault code from an engine control unitthe single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the “Shutdown!”message.

3. To acknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameterdisplay touch the “Enter Button”.


5-40

4. The display will return to single or four parameter dispaly, but the display willcontain the “Shut Down” icon. Touching the “Enter Button” will redisplay thehidden fault.

5. Touching the “Enter Button” once again will “Hide” the fault and return thescreen to the single or four parameter display.

6. The single or four parameter screen will display the fault icon until the faultcondition is corrected

NOTE: Ignoring active fault codes could result in severe engine damage.


5-41

Back light Adjustment

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu Button”.

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until the “Adjust Backlight” is lighted.

3. Once the “Adjust Backlight” menu item has been highlighted touch the “EnterButton” to activate the “Adjust Backlight” function.


5-42

4. Use the “Arrow Button” to select the desired backlight intensity.


6. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the Main Menu and return to the engineparameter display.


5-43

Contrast Adjustment


2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until “Adjust Contrast” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Adjust Contrast” menu item has been highlighted touch the “EnterButton” to activate the “Adjust Contrast” function.


5-44

4. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to select the desired contrast intensity.

5. Touching the “Menu Button” will take you back through the menus.


5-45

Select Units

1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display touch the “Menu Button”.

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the arrow buttons to scrollthrough the menu until the “Select Units” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Select Units” menu item has been highlighted, touch the “EnterButton” to access the “Select Units” function


5-46

4. Use the arrows to highlight the desired units. “English” ro Imerial units i.e. PSI,°F or Metric kPa, Metric Bar for IS units i.e. kPa, Bar, °C.

5. Touch the “Enter Button” to select the highlighted units.

6. Touch the “Menu Button” to return to the “Main Menu”.


5-47

7. Touch the “Menu Button” to exit the Main menu and return to the engineparameter display.


5-48

Setup 1-Up Display

1. Starting at the single engine parameter display, touch the “Menu Button”.

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until the “Setup 1-up Display” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Setup 1-up Display” menu item has been highlighted touch the“Enter Button” to access the “Setup 1-up Display” function.


5-49

4. Three positions are available for modification of the 1-Up display.

a. Use Defaults - This option contains a set of engine parameters: EngineHours, Engine RPM, System Voltage, Battery Voltage, Percent EngineLoad at Current RPM, Coolant Temperature, Oil Pressure.

b. Custom Setup - This option allows for the modification of what parameter,the number of parameters, and the order in which the parameters are beingdisplayed.

c. Automatic Setup - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Displayto scroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time, momentarilypausing at each.

5. Use Defaults - To select “Use Defaults” use the arrow buttons to scrolll to andhighlight “Use Defaults” in the menu display.

6. Touch the “Enter Button” to activate the “Use Defaults” function.


5-50

7. A message indicating the “Single Engine” parameter display parameters arereset to the factory defaults will be displayed, then the display will return to the“Custom Setup” menu.

8. Custom Setup - To perform a custom setup of the 1-Up Display, use the arrowbuttons to scroll to and highlight “Custom Setup” on the display.

9. Touching the “Enter Button” will display a list of engine parameters.


5-51

10. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll to and highlight a selected parameter(parameter with a # symbol to the right of it).

11. Touch the “Enter Button” to deselect the selected parameter removing it fromthe list of parameters being displayed on the 1-UP Display.

12. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll and highlight the disired parameter that hasnot been selected for display.


5-52

13. Touch the “Enter Button” to select the highlighted paremeter for inclusion in thesingle engine parameter display.

14. Continue to scroll and select additional parameters for the custom 1-UpDisplay. Touch the “Menu Button” at any time to return to the “Custom Setup”menu.

15. Automatic Scan - Selecting the scan function will cause the 1-Up Display toscroll through the selected set of parameters one at a time. Use the “ArrowButtons” to scroll to the “Automatic scan” function.


5-53

16. Touching the “Enter Button” toggles the “Automatic Scan” function on.

17. Touching the “Enter Button” again toggles the “Automatic Scan“ function off.

18. Once the “Use Defaults”, “Custom Setup” and “Automatic Scan” functions havebeen set, touch the “Menu Button” to return to the main menu.


5-54



5-55

Setup 4-Up Display

1. From the single or four engine parameter display, touch the “Menu Button”.

2. The main menu will pop up on the display. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scrollthrough the menu until the “Setup 4-Up Display” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu item has been highlighted, touch the“Enter Button” to activate the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu.


5-56

4. Touch the “Enter Button” to activate the “Use Defaults” function. This action willreset the unit to the factory default.

5. The “Use Defaults” screen will be dispalyed during the reseting period then willautomatically return to the “Setup 4-Up Display” menu.

6. Select the “4-Up Custom Setup” from the “4-Up Setup” menu.


5-57

7. The quadrant with the backlit parameter value is the current selectedparameter. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to highlight the paremeter value in thequadrant you wish to place a new paremeter.

8. Touch the “Enter Button” and a list of parameters will appear.

9. The parameter that is highlighted is the selected parameter for the screen. Usethe “Arrow Buttons” to highlight the new parameter to be placed in thequandrant selected in the previous screen.


5-58

10. Touch the “Enter Button” to change the selected parameter in the quandrant tothe new parameter.

11. Use the “Menu Button” to return to the “4-Up Custom Setup” screen.

12. The parameter in the selected quadrant has changed to the parameter selectedin the previus screen.

13. Repeat the parameter selection process until all spaces are filled.


5-59




5-60

Utilities (Information and Troubleshooting)


2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through themenu until the “Utilities” is highlighted.

3. Once the “Utilities” menu item has been highlightreed, touch the “Enter Button”to activate the “Utilities” functions.


5-61

4. Touch “Select” to enter the “Gage Data” display. When “Gage Data” is selectedthe PowerView will communicate with the analog gauges at a fixed rate of 38.4kBaud, 8 data bits, no parity check, 1 stop bits, half duplex.

5. Use the “Arrow Buttons” to scroll through the items or touch “Menu” to return tothe “Utilities” menu.

6. Touch “Menu Button” to return to the “Utilities” menu.


5-62

7. Use the “Arrows” to highlight “Remove All Gages”. Touch “Select” to clear thegage data from memory. It takes a moment to clear all gages.

8. When the gage data has cleared, the display automatically returns to the“Utilities” menu. Scroll to “Software Version”. Touch “Select” to view thesoftware version currently in the PowerView.

9. Touch “Menu” to return to “Utilities”. Highlight “Fault Conversion” using the“Arrows”. Touch “Select” to enter the Fault conversion menu.


5-63

10. Use the “Arrows” to scroll to and highlight the desired version then touch“Select”. An asterisk denotes which version is currently selected. NOTE: Thereare four(4) different methods for converting fault codes. The PowerView alwayslooks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to read the code as one of three (3)other J1939 versions if Version 4 is not being used. Most engine ECU’s useVersion 4, therefore in most cases adjustment of this menu option will not berequired.

Upon receiving an unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 Version. Ifthe fault SPN does not change when the version is changed, the ECUgenerating the fault is using Fault Conversion method 4. If the SPN numberdoes change but is still unrecognizable, try changing to another J1939 Versionnot yet used and continue to check the SPN number.

11. Touch the “Menu” button to return to “Utilities” menu. Touch the “Menu” buttonagain to return to the “Main” menu.


5-64

MODBUS Setup

1. Starting at the single or four engine paramenter display, touch the ”Menubutton”.

2. The main menu will be displayed. Use the “Arrow buttons” to scroll through themenu until the “Utilities” is highlighted, the touch “Enter”.

3. Once in the “Utilities” menu use the “Arrows” to scroll through the menu untilthe “MODBus Setup” menu is highlighted, then touch “Enter”.

4. Use the “Arrows” to scroll down to and highlight either the “Slave Active orMaster Active” modes. Touch the “Enter” button to toggle between master and


5-65

slave.

5. Use the “Arrows” to scroll to the “Serial Port” menu to highlight it, then touch“Enter”.

6. Use the “Arrow” button to scroll to each selection to configure the MODBUSvalues for your application.

7. When finished, touch “Menu” to return to the previous screen.


5-66

SAE J1939 MurphyLink System Implementation of J1939 Paramenters


5-67

Glossary (Troubleshooting Information)

CANBUS FAILURE

PowerView has not received any CAN messages for at least 30 seconds.

NO DATA

PowerView has not received the particular message being displayed for at least 5seconds.

NOT SUPPORTED

PowerView has received a message from the ECU stating the displayed message isnot supported.

DATA ERROR

PowerView has received an error message from the ECU for the displayed message.

EMPTY

No parameter selected for this 4-Up quadrant.

WAIT TO START PREHEATING

This is a message from the engine indicating it is in a preheating cycle. Wait until thismessage clears before starting the engine.

TIMEOUT ECU NOT RESPONDING

The ECU did not respond to the PowerView request.

NO GAGE DATA

The PowerView has no record of connected gages to the RS485 bus.

DISPLAY NOT VISIBLE

Press and hold the “Menu” button for approximately 3 seconds.

DRILLING PROCEDURE

General Setup

WARNING!

Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelinesbefore you operate the drill.


Always wear correct safety gear while working on or around the drill. This includes ApprovedHard Hat, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Gloves, Respirator and Ear Protection. Do not


5-68

wear loose fitting clothing that can become caught in rotating components.

WARNING!



CAUTION!




5-69

1. Install Couplings on all Drill Rod prior to loading.

2. With the drill guide in a horizontal position, low enough to load the Drill Rod, usetwo people to load Drill Rod into the Rod Rack with a Coupling mounted on theend of each rod. Load the rack with the Coupling end toward the top of theguide.

3. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position to ensure the Drill Rod remains in theRod Rack.

4. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to load the Starter Rod.

5. Screw the Coupling onto the Starter Rod.

6. Load the Starter Rod into the Centralizer, then secure it in place by closing theCentralizer.

7. Move the Drifter down the guide with Slow Feed till it meets the Coupling.


5-70

CAUTION!

Always grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting andlong tool life.

8. Grease the Striking Bar (Threaded Shank of Drifter).

9. Rotate and Feed the Drifter into the Coupling until the Coupling and Starter Rodare tight.

10. Open the Centralizer and move the Coupling into the Centralizer, then close theCentralizer.

11. Rotate the Drifter until the Coupling and Drifter threads are tight.

12. Open the Centralizer and move the Drill String up the guide until the bottom endof the Starter Rod is just below the Dust hood, then grease the Starter Rodthreads.


5-71

13. Screw the Drill Bit onto the Starter Rod.

14. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position.

15. Slow Feed the Drill String down until the Drill Bit is on the ground, then closethe Centralizer on the Drill Rod. Rotate the rod until the Drill Bit is tight.


5-72

Drilling

1. Make sure the Rod Rack is loaded with Drill Rod.

2. Start the machine. Tram the machine to the desired location. Once at thedesired location, move the Engine Speed Switch to LOW.

3. Turn the Dust Collector Switch to ON.

4. Close both Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Controls.


5-73

5. Push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to raise the Drill String offof the ground.


5-74

6. Position the drill guide and the boom at the desired angle.

7. Ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly.

8. Be sure that the foot piece is planted firmly against the ground or drillingface.When vertical drilling, use the boom and guide controls to apply a downforce to lift the tracks off of the ground to a position so that there is clearanceunder the second track roller. This applies enough weight on the drill guide toprevent it from “kicking” out while drilling.

CAUTION!

The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing ortightening the coupling or drill steel, since it is possible to chip threadswhen full contact of threads is not made.

WARNING!

The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing drillsteel. Keep Clear of moving parts.

NOTICEAlways grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting andlong tool life.

9. Start forward rotation by pulling the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator.

10. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to providehole cleaning air to the bit.

11. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control back toward the operator to feed the DrillString down the guide to collar (start) the hole.

12. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to start the drifter’s hammer action.


5-75

13. Once the hole has been collared, the SlowFeed Control can be pulled all theway out and the hole can be drilled.

14. Depending on the ground conditions, the Slow Feed Pressure Control mayneed adjustment.

15. After the hole is drilled, place the Slow Feed Control, Rotation Control, Drill(Percussion) Control, and the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) into theneutral (centered) or off position.

16. If a deeper hole is required, see the Adding Drill Rod section that follows. Ifnot, continue to the next step.

17. Slowly pull the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. While the Drill Stringis rotating, push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to free the DrillBit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sureto use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew.

18. Once the bit is out of the hole, place the Slow Feed Control and the DrillRotation Control to the neutral (centered) or off position.

19. If drilling a new hole, follow Tramming procedure and move to the next desiredlocation. Repeat steps 4 thru 18. If drilling a deeper hole, go to the next section.

Adding Drill Rod

1. Feed the Drill String up just far enough to get the Drill Bit off of the bottom ofthe hole.

2. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to give a few short bursts of hammeraction to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill(Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. Thisshould be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open andis known as Rattling the Drill String.

3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Coupling is in the Centralizer.

4. Close the Centralizer.

5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation whileslowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling.

6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, return the RotationControl and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. Greasethe Striking Bar (threads) of the Drifter.

NOTICEAlways grease all drill string connections for ease of disconnecting andlong tool life.

7. Feed the Drifter up of the drill guide just enough to add another Drill Rod.


5-76

8. Remove the next rod from the Rod Rack and place it on top of the Coupling atthe Centralizer.

9. Hold the rod in place with one hand and grease the threads on the rod with theother.

CAUTION!

The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing ortightening the coupling or drill rod, since it is possible to chip threadswhen full contact of threads is not made.

10. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control toward the operator until the Drifter threadsmake contact with the top Coupling. It will be necessary for the operator tosteady the Drill Rod with one hand while slowly feeding the Drifter down.

WARNING!

Keep Clear of rotating extension rod and parts.

11. Slowly pull the Rotation Control toward the operator to screw the Drifter into thetop of the Coupling.

12. Once the joint is made, leave the Rotation Control in the Forward position, thenraise the Drill String a little and open the Centralizer.

13. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to providehole cleaning air to the bit.

14. Lower the Drill String until the Drill Bit is on the bottom of the hole.


16. The Slow Feed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled.Close the Centralizer after the Coupling passes through.


18. If a deeper hole is required, repeat step 1 thru 18 of this section. If the hole isdeep enough and Drill Rod is to be removed, go to the next section, RemovingDrill Rod.


5-77

Removing Drill Rod


2. Pull the Drill (Percussion) Control up to give a few short bursts of hammeraction to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill(Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. Thisshould be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open andis known as Rattling the Drill String.



5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation whileslowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling. TheCoupling must remain on the drill rod.

6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, raise the Drifter so therod being removed will clear the threads of the Drifter, then return the RotationControl and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position.

7. Carefully unscrew the rod, by hand, from the bottom Coupling and move the rodback to the Rod Rack or a safe place. Ensure the Drill Rod is locked in the RodRack.

8. Slowly feed the Drifter down to the Coupling in the Centralizer, the slowly rotatein the forward direction and screw the Drifter threads into the Coupling.

9. Repeat steps 1 thru 8 of this section to remove any remaining Drill Rods exceptthe Starter Rod. Leave the Starter Rod attached to the Drifter.


5-78

DRILLING PROCEDURE WITH AUTOMATIC ROD CHANGER OPTION

Setup

WARNING!

Read and understand Section 2 - Safety Precautions and Guidelinesbefore you operate the drill.



WARNING!



CAUTION!




5-79

An ECM-590 drill with the Automatic Rod Changer Option comes with extra controls on theDrilling Control Console to operate the Rod Changer and the Rod Rack Carousel.


5-80

The setup for a drill with an Automatic Rod Changer Option requires loading Drill Rod into aRod Rack as well as loading a Starter Rod. Atlas Copco recommends three people load theRod Rack. One person must operate the controls while two people handle the Drill Rods.

1. Place the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer ON position.

2. Open the Centralizer.



5-81

3. Grease the threads of the Drifter’s Striking Bar.

4. Move the Drifter down to Centralizer end of the drill guide.

5. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to load the Drill Rod.Use two people to load a Drill Rod into the Centralizer with a Coupling mountedon the end of the rod. Screw the Drill Rod and Coupling onto the Drifter’sStriking Bar.

6. Feed the Drifter up a foot or two and close the Centralizer onto the Drill Rod.

7. Feed the Drifter up high enough to attach the Rod Changer Arms onto the DrillRod. Attach the Rod Changer Arms with Soft Clamp.

8. Feed the Drifter up far enough for the bottom of the Drill Rod to be above theBottom Plate of the Rod Rack Carousel.

9. Unscrew the Drifter’s Striking Bar from top Coupling.

10. Raise the Drifter a little to move it away from the Coupling.

11. Pull the Slide Control back to retract the Rod Changer with the Drill Rod in it.

12. Pull the Swing Control back to swing the Drill Rod into the Carousel.

13. Push the Slide Control forward to extend the Drill Rod into the Star of theCarousel.

14. Continue to push the Slide Control forward until the Carousel rotates to lock theDrill Rod between the Bottom Plate and the Top Plate.

15. Repeat steps 2 thru 16 until the Rod Rack Carousel is full.

16. Install the Starter Rod (with a Coupling on the Drifter end of the Rod) into theCentralizer.

17. Close the Centralizer onto the Starter Rod below the Coupling.

18. Screw the Starter Rod onto the Striker Bar of the Drifter.

19. Raise the Dust hood.

20. Move the Starter Rod up until the threads are below the Dust hood. Grease thethreads.

21. Screw a Drill Bit onto the Starter Rod.

22. Raise the drill guide to a vertical position.

23. Slow Feed the Drill String down until the Drill Bit is almost on the ground.Ensure the

24. Centralizer is closed onto the Drill Rod. Rotate the Rod and slowly feed downuntil the Drill Bit is on the ground. Continue Rotation until the Drill Bit is tight.


5-82

Drilling

1. Make sure the Rod Rack is loaded with Drill Rod.

2. Start the machine. Tram the machine to the desired location. Once at thedesired location, move the Engine Speed Switch to LOW

3. Turn the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to Dust Collector “ON”.

4. Close both Right-Hand and Left-Hand Oscillation Controls.


5-83

5. Push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to raise the Drill String offof the ground.


5-84

6. Position the drill guide and the boom at the desired angle.

7. Ensure the lubricator is adjusted properly.

8. Be sure that the foot piece is planted firmly against the ground or drilling face.When vertical drilling, use the boom and guide controls to apply a down forceto lift the tracks off of the ground to a position so that there is clearance underthe second track roller. This applies enough weight on the drill guide to preventit from “kicking” out while drilling.

CAUTION!

The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing ortightening the coupling or drill steel, since it is possible to chip threadswhen full contact of threads is not made.

WARNING!

The Drill (Percussion) Control should not be used while installing drillsteel. Keep Clear of moving parts.

NOTICEAlways grease all drill steel connections for ease of disconnecting andlong tool life.


10. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to providehole cleaning air to the bit. Turn on the Water Injection if material to be drilledrequires it.

11. Slowly pull the Slow Feed Control back toward the operator to feed the DrillString down the guide to collar (start) the hole.


5-85


13. Once the hole has been collared, the SlowFeed Control can be pulled all theway out and the hole can be drilled.

14. Depending on the ground conditions, the Slow Feed Pressure Control mayneed adjustment.



17. If a deeper hole is required, see the Adding Drill Rod section that follows. Ifnot, continue to the next step.

18. Slowly pull the Drill Rotation Control toward the operator. While the Drill Stringis rotating, push the SlowFeed Control away from the operator to free the DrillBit from the bottom of the hole. Raise the Drill String out of the hole. Be sureto use forward rotation so the bit will not unscrew.

19. Once the bit is out of the hole, place the Slow Feed Control and the DrillRotation Control to the neutral (centered) or off position.

20. If drilling a new hole, follow Tramming procedure and move to the next desiredlocation. Repeat steps 4 thru 18. If drilling a deeper hole, go to the next section.

Adding Drill Rod


2. Push the Drill (Percussion) Control down to give a few short bursts of hammeraction to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill(Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. Thisshould be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open andis known as Rattling the Drill String.



5. Push the Rotation Control away from the operator to reverse rotation whileslowly feeding the Drifter up to unscrew the Drifter from the Coupling.

6. When the Drifter has disconnected from the Coupling, return the RotationControl and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position. Greasethe Striking Bar (threads) of the Drifter.


5-86


7. Feed the Drifter up of the drill guide just enough to add another Drill Rod.

8. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer “ON”position.

9. Ensure the Clamp Control is in the HARD CLAMP position.

10. Clamp onto the next Drill Rod in the Rod Rack Carousel.

11. Move the Drill Rod to under the Drifter.

12. Slowly Feed the Drifter down till it touches the Coupling.

13. Start Forward Rotation, then Slow Feed the Drifter’s Striking Bar into theCoupling.

14. Stop the Forward Rotation.

15. Move the Clamp Control to the SOFT CLAMP position.

16. Slowly Feed the Drill String down until it makes contact with Bottom Coupling.

17. Start Forward Rotation, then Slow Feed the Drill String into the BottomCoupling.

18. When the Drill String has connected with the Coupling, return the RotationControl and Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered) or off position.

19. Unclamp the Rod Changer from the Drill Rod and Retract the Slide Control.

20. Move the Swing Control to swing the Rod Changer back to the Carousel. HARDCLAMP onto the next Drill Rod.

21. Open the Centralizer.

22. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Dust Collector “ON”position.

23. Lower the Dust hood.


25. Push the Blow Control (Flushing Air Control) away from the operator to providehole cleaning air to the bit. Turn on the Water Injection if material to be drilledrequires it.


27. The Slow Feed Control can be pulled all the way out and the hole can be drilled.



5-87


30. If a deeper hole is required, repeat step 1 thru 29. If not, continue to theRemoving Drill Rod section that follows.


5-88

Removing Drill Rod


2. Pull the Drill (Percussion) Control up to give a few short bursts of hammeraction to break loose the Drill Rod from the Drifter, then place the Drill(Percussion) Control back into the neutral (centered) or off position. Thisshould be done at the bottom of the drilled hole with the Centralizer open andis known as Rattling the Drill String.

3. Slow Feed the Drill String up until the Bottom Coupling is in the Centralizer.


NOTICEThe top coupling must remain on the upper end of the drill rod.

5. Slowly Reverse Rotation and uNscrew the Drill Rod from the Bottom Coupling.

6. When the Drill Rod is free from the Coupling, feed the Drifter up enough for thebottom of the Drill Rod to be just above the Bottom Plate of the Rod RackCarousel.

7. Move the Dust Collector/Rod Changer Switch to the Rod Changer “ON”position.

8. Unclamp the next Drill Rod or the Stationary Bar in the Carousel. Leave theclamps open.

9. Swing the Rod Changer to the Drill Rod attached to the Drifter, Extend the SlideControl and HARD CLAMP onto the Drill Rod.

10. Move the Sleeve Retainer Control to clamp the Coupling at the top of Drill Rod.

11. Reverse the Rotation Control and unscrew the Drifter’s Striking Bar from theCoupling.

12. Unclamp the Sleeve Retainer Control, then feed the Drifter up until it is clear ofthe Coupling.

13. Move the Rotation Control and the Slow Feed Control to the neutral (centered)or off position.

14. Rotate and Slide the Drill Rod into the Carousel.

15. Fast Feed the Drifter to the Bottom of the Drill Guide and screw it into theCoupling in the Centralizer.

16. Repeat steps 1 thru 15 to remove the rest of the Drill Rods.


5-89

MOVING, PARKING, SHUTDOWN, SECURING THE DRILL FOR TRANSPORT

Moving the drill

1. Make sure all drill rod is out of the hole before moving.

2. Do not get on or off the drill when it is moving.

3. Lower the drill guide if moving a long distance.

4. Secure all drill rod and tools before moving the drill.

5. Know the drill’s height, width, weight and length before moving.

6. Know where your helpers are at all times. Do not move the drill if they are notin view.

7. Know and use proper signals when moving the drill.

Parking the Drill

1. Move drill away from the highwall or face before shutting the drill down for theday.

2. Don’t park the drill under an overhang or where a bank can cave in.

3. ALWAYS park the drill on solid, level ground. If this is not possible, always parkthe drill at a right angle to the slope and chock the wheels.

4. Do not leave the drill over a hole. Remove the drill string from the hole beforeshutting down for the night.

5. To park the drill, move it to firm, level ground and bring the drill to a completestop as mentioned above.

6. USE proper flags, barriers and warning devices, especially when parking inareas of heavy traffic.


5-90

Normal Shutdown

Normal Shutdown describes how the drill is to be shutdown following a drilling operation orwork shift. See the “Emergency Shutdown” subsection which is part of the Engine ShutdownProcedure for shutdown emergency conditions.

1. Raise the drill string out of the hole to clear the cuttings. Keep the string rotatingand be sure air is flowing while withdrawing the bit.

2. Stop feed and rotation when the bit reaches the dust hood.

3. Open the drill air throttle control lever (HP Only) to lower air in the standpipe.

4. If the hole is completed, lower the guide and boom.

5. Disconnect any piping, ropes or cables from the drill and store them properly.

6. Move the Engine Throttle (speed selector) switch to LOW idle position forapproximately five (5) minutes to allow the engine to cool down.

7. Be sure to relieve all pressures in the systems before leaving the drill.

8. Place all controls in neutral or park position before leaving the drill.

9. AVOID leaving the controls with the engine running. NEVER leave theoperator’s stations while the engine is running.

10. Turn the key switch to the OFF position.

11. Lock the ignition and remove the keys before leaving the operator’s console.

12. Lock all lockable compartments.


5-91

Stopping Drill - Emergency Conditions

The emergency stopping procedure for the drill may be very abrupt. This abrupt stop maydamage the drill due to potentially high-stress loading on its components. There are two typesof emergency shutdowns, one is by the operator pushing the emergency stop button and theother is when one of the shutdown devices on the drill has registered an out of limit condition.

If the operator or other personnel are in immediate danger, or if an emergency arises that isnot under control of the shutdown devices, such as a fire or other outside caused problem,initiate an emergency stop with the following procedure:

Push in the Emergency Stop Button and exit the drill.

NOTICEIf the operator or other personnel are not in immediate danger andpreservation of the equipment is the primary concern, proceed asfollows:

All shutdown devices have gauges that show the operating temperaturesor pressure of the system they monitor. The operator should be able toavoid a shutdown condition if he checks the gauges frequently.

When one of the emergency stop or shutdown devices is energized, itimmediately shuts off fuel to the engine. All engines are “energize to run”which means there must be power to the fuel valve to allow fuel to flow.If power is lost, the fuel valve closes and stops the engine.

Every attempt should be made by the operator to shut the drill downunder a Normal Shutdown, if possible, to prevent damage to the drill.When a high pressure compressor is shut down at high pressure, theregulation system causes the air end to become a pressure vessel thatwill force compressor oil back up into the intake filters when the inletvalve opens. The element will have to be replaced and the tubes cleanedbefore the drill can be put back in service.


5-92

6-1

SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE

6-2

6.1 - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

MAINTENANCE SAFETY

WARNING!

Improper maintenance can cause severe injury or death. Read andunderstand the SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND GUIDELINES section of thismanual before you operate or perform any maintenance, service orrepairs.

WARNING!

If you are not experienced with the drill’s controls and instruments, readand understand the OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTSsection of this manual.

WARNING!

Unexpected drill motion or moving parts can cut or crush. Shut down thetruck engine and deck engine before working on the drill.

MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONSost accidents involving product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure toobserve basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizingpotentially dangerous situations before trouble occurs. Some of the potential problems andways to prevent them are shown below.

FLUID PENETRATION

• Always use a wooden board or cardboard when checking for leaks.

• Leaking fluid under pressure can cause serious injury or death.

• If fluid is injected into the skin, see a physician immediately.

SECTION 6 - MAINTENANCE Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

6-3

LINES, TUBES and HOSES

• Repair any loose or damaged fuel and oil lines, tubes and hoses. Leaks can causefires.

• Inspect all lines, tubes and hoses carefully. Do not use your bare hands to check forleaks.

• Tighten all connections to the recommended torque.

• Make sure that all clamps, guards and heat shields are installed correctly to preventvibration, rubbing against other parts and excessive heat during operation.

• Check for the following:

—End fittings damaged, leaking or displaced.

—Outer covering chafed or cut and wire reinforcing exposed.

—Outer covering ballooning locally.

—Evidence of kinking or crushing of the flexible part of the hose.

—Armoring embedded in the outer cover.

BURN PREVENTION

• Do not touch any part of an operating engine or its components.

• Allow the engine to cool before any repair or maintenance is performed.

• Relieve all pressure in air, oil, fuel or cooling systems before any lines, fittings orrelated items are disconnected or removed.

COOLANT

• Use caution when removing filler cap, grease fittings, pressure taps, breathers ordrain plugs.

• At operating temperature, the engine coolant is hot and under pressure. The radiatorand all lines to heaters or the engine contain hot water. When pressure is relievedrapidly, this hot water can turn into steam. Allow cooling system components to coolbefore draining. Any contact with hot water or steam can cause severe burns. Checkthe coolant level only after the engine has been stopped and the filler cap is coolenough to remove with your bare hand.

• Hold a rag over the cap or plug to prevent being sprayed or splashed by liquids underpressure.

• Remove the cooling system filler cap slowly to relieve pressure.

• Cooling system additive (conditioner) contains alkali. To prevent personal injury,avoid contact with the skin and eyes and do not drink.


6-4

OILS

• Hot oil and components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil orcomponents to contact the skin.

• Keep all exhaust manifold and turbocharger shields in place to protect hot exhaustfrom oil spray in case of a line, tube or seal failure.

BATTERIES

• Battery electrolyte contains acid and can cause injury. Avoid contact with the skinand eyes. Wash hands after touching batteries and connectors. Use of gloves isrecommended. Batteries give off flammable fumes, which can explode. Ensure thereis proper ventilation for batteries, which are located in an enclosure.

• Always thaw a frozen battery before jump starting. Frozen batteries can explode.

• Do not smoke when observing the battery electrolyte levels.

• Always wear protective glasses when working with batteries.

• Never disconnect any charging unit circuit or battery circuit cable from the batterywhen charging unit is operating. A spark can cause the flammable vapor mixture ofhydrogen and oxygen to explode.

FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION

• Fire may result from lubricating oil or fuel sprayed on hot surfaces causing personalinjury and property damage. Inspect all lines and tubes for wear or deterioration.They must be routed, supported or clamped securely. Tighten all connections to therecommended torque. Leaks can cause fires.

• Determine whether the engine will be operated in an environment in whichcombustible gases could be drawn through the air inlet system. These gases couldcause the engine to overspeed, which in turn could seriously damage the engine andresult in bodily injury or property damage.

• All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flammable.

• Diesel fuel is flammable.Gasoline is flammable. The mixtures of diesel and gasolinefumes are extremely explosive.

• Do not smoke while refueling or in a refueling area. Do not smoke in areas wherebatteries are charged, or where flammable materials are stored.

• Batteries give off flammable fumes which can explode. Keep all fuels and lubricantsstored in properly marked containers and away from all unauthorized persons. Storeall oily rags or other flammable material in a protective container, in a safe place.


6-5

• Do not weld or flame cut on pipes or tubes that contain flammable fluids. Clean themthoroughly with nonflammable solvent before welding or flame cutting on them.Remove all flammable materials such as fuel, oil and other debris before theyaccumulate on the engine. Do not expose the engine to flames, burning brush, etc.,if possible.

• Shields (if equipped), which protect hot exhaust components from oil or fuel spray inthe event of a line, tube or seal failure, must be installed correctly.

• Provide adequate and proper waste oil disposal.Oil and fuel filters must be properlyinstalled and housing covers tightened to proper torque when being changed.

• Batteries must be kept clean, covers kept on all cells, recommended cables andconnections used and battery box covers kept in place when operating.

• When starting from an external source, always connect the positive (+) jumper cableto the POSITIVE (+) terminal of the battery of the engine to be started. To preventpotential sparks from igniting combustible gases produced by some batteries, attachthe negative (—) boost ground cable last, to the starter NEGATIVE (—) terminal (ifequipped) or to the engine block. See the Operation Section of this manual forspecific starting instructions.

• Clean and tighten all electrical connections. Check regularly for loose or frayedelectrical wires. Refer to maintenance schedules for interval. Have all loose or frayedelectrical wires tightened, repaired or replaced before operating the engine.

• Wiring must be kept in good condition, properly routed and firmly attached. Routinelyinspect wiring for wear or deterioration. Loose, unattached, or unnecessary wiringmust be eliminated. All wires and cables must be of the recommended gauge andfused if necessary. Do not use smaller gauge wire or bypass fuses. Tightconnections recommended wiring and cables properly cared for will help preventarcing or sparking which could cause a fire.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

• Have a fire extinguisher available and know how to use it.

• Inspect fire extinguisher and have it serviced as recommended on its instructionplate.


6-6

CRUSHING OR CUTTING PREVENTION

• Support equipment and attachments properly when working beneath them.

• Never attempt adjustments while the engine is running unless otherwise specified inthis manual.

• Stay clear of all rotating and moving parts. Guards should be in place whenevermaintenance is not being performed.

• Keep objects away from moving fan blades. They will throw or cut any object or toolthat falls or is pushed into them.

• Wear protective glasses when striking objects to avoid injury to your eyes.

• Chips or other debris can fly off objects when struck. Make sure no one can beinjured by flying debris before striking any object.

MOUNTING and DISMOUNTING

• Do not climb on, or jump off the drill or stand on components that cannot support yourweight. Use an adequate ladder. Always use steps and hand holds when mountingand dismounting with a three-point stance.

• Clean steps, hand holds and areas of the drill you will be working on or around.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

• Inspect drill for potential hazards.

• Be sure all protective guards and covers are installed if a drill must be started to makeadjustments or checks. To help prevent an accident caused by parts in rotation, workcarefully around them.

• Do not disable or bypass automatic shutoff circuits. They are provided to preventpersonal injury and drill damage.

• Never start an engine with the governor linkage disconnected.

• Make provisions for shutting off the air or fuel supply to stop the engine if there is anoverspeed condition on start-up after performing repair or maintenance to theengine.


6-7

ENGINE STARTING

• DO NOT start the engine or move any of the controls if there is a warning tagattached to the controls.Checkwith the person who attached the tag before starting.

• Make sure no one is working on, or close to the engine or engine driven componentsbefore starting it. Always inspect the engine before and after starting.

• Start the engine only from the operator’s station. Never short across the starterterminals or the batteries as this could bypass the engine neutral-start system as wellas damage the electrical system.

• Always start the engine according to the required Engine Starting proceduredescribed in this manual to prevent major engine component damage and personalinjury.

• Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the OperationSection to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components.

• Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the engine untilthe problem necessitating the emergency stop has been located and corrected.

• On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the drill should an overspeedcondition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to theengine.

• Check the jacket water and oil temperature gauges frequently during the operationof jacket water and/or lube oil heaters to ensure proper operation.

• Diesel engine exhaust contains products of combustion that may be harmful to yourhealth. Always start and operate the engine in a well-ventilated area and, if in anenclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside.

STARTING AIDS

• Ether and other starting aids are poisonous and flammable. Do not smoke whilechanging ether cylinders.

• Use ether only in well ventilated places.

• Keep ether cylinders out of the reach of unauthorized persons.

• Do not store replacement ether cylinders in living areas or in the storagecompartment or the cab.

• Do not store ether cylinders in direct sunlight or at temperatures above 39°C (102°F).discard cylinders in a safe place. Do not puncture or burn cylinders.


6-8

ENGINE STOPPING

• Stop the engine according to the Engine Stopping instructions in the OperationSection to avoid overheating and accelerated wear of the engine components.

• Only use the Emergency Stop button in an emergency. DO NOT start the drill untilthe problem is resolved.

• On initial startup or overhaul, be prepared to STOP the engine should an overspeedcondition occur. This may be accomplished by cutting the fuel and air supply to theengine.

WARNING!





6-9

6.2 - REFILL CAPACITIES CHART

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE PRECAUTION

The following information is provided to assist the owners and operators of Atlas Copco DrillingSolutions Equipment. Further information may be obtained by contacting your Atlas CopcoDrilling Solutions Equipment Distributor.

The following substances are used in the manufacturing of this drill and may be hazardous tohealth if used incorrectly.

The following substances may be produced during the operation of this drill and may behazardous to health.


Anti Freeze Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Hydraulic Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Engine Lubricating Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Compressor Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Preservative Grease Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Rust Preventative Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Engine Fuel Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

Battery Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.

SAE Gear Oil Avoid ingestion, skin contact and breathing fumes.


Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid breathing fumes.

Engine Exhaust Fumes Avoid buildup of fumes in confined spaces.

Electric Motor Dust (Brushes/Insulation)

Avoid breathing in during maintenance.

Brake Lining Dust Avoid breathing in during maintenance.


6-10

FUEL AND LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS

General Information

Lubrication is an essential part of preventive maintenance, affecting to a great extent theuseful life of the unit. Periodic lubrication of the moving parts reduces to a minimum thepossibility of mechanical failures.

Different lubricants are needed and some components in the unit require more frequentlubricant than others. Therefore, it is important that the instructions regarding types offrequency of the application be explicitly followed.

The lubrication Chart that follows in this section shows those items requiring regular serviceand the interval at which they should be performed. Details concerning fuel, oil and otherlubricants follow the lubrication chart. A regular service program should be geared to the itemslisted under each interval. These intervals are based on average operating conditions. In theevent of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequent lubrication thanspecified may be necessary.

Specific recommendations of brand and grade of lubricants are not made here due to regionalavailability, operating conditions and the continual development of improved products. Wherequestions arise, refer to the component manufacturer’s manual and a reliable supplier.

All oil levels are to be checked with the Drill parked on a level surface and while the oil is cold,unless otherwise specified.

On plug type check points, the oil levels are to be at the bottom edge of the check port.

All grease fittings are SAE STANDARD unless otherwise indicated. Grease non sealed fittingsuntil grease is seen extruding from the fitting. One ounce (28 grams) of EP-MPG equals onepump on a standard one pound (0.45 kg) grease gun.

Over lubrication on non sealed fittings will not harm the fittings or components, but underlubrication will definitely lead to a shorter lifetime.

Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease fittings (linkages, pins, levers,etc.) should be lubricated with oil once a week.Motor oil, applied sparingly, will provide thenecessary lubrication and help prevent the formation of rust. An anti-seize compound may beused if rust has not formed. Otherwise, the component must be cleaned first.

Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease gun, or those that have a stuck checkball, must be replaced.


6-11

To prevent minor irregularities from developing into serious conditions, several otherservices or checks are recommended for the same intervals as the periodic lubrication.

1. Thoroughly wash all fittings, caps, plugs, etc. with a non-flammable, non-toxiccleaning solution before servicing to prevent dirt from entering while performingthe service.

2. Lubricants must be at operating temperature when draining.

3. During regular lubrication service, visually check the entire unit with regard tocap screws, nuts and bolts being properly secured.

4. Spot check several capscrews and nuts for proper torque. If any are foundloose, a more thorough investigation must be made.

5. If a defect is detected which requires special maintenance service, stop the drilloperation until the defect has been corrected. If necessary, contact the localAtlas Copco distributor for assistance.


6-12

Hydraulic Oil

The quality of the hydraulic oil is important to the satisfactory performance of any hydraulicsystem. The oil serves as the power transmission medium, system coolant and lubricant.Selection of the proper oil is essential to ensure proper system performance and life. For thespecifications and requirements that the hydraulic oil used in this drill should meet, refer to theinformation below.

HYDRAULIC OIL

Viscosity: 60 SUS minimum at operating temperature

7500 SUS maximum at starting temperature

150 to 225 SUS at 100°F (38°C) generally

44 to 48 SUS at 210°F (99°C)

Viscosity Index: 90 minimum

Aniline Point: -175 minimum

API Gravity: 28 minimum

Paraffinic oils: 28 or more;

Mixed base: 24 to 28;

Napthanic or asphaltic base: 24 or less

Recommended Additives: Rust and oxidation inhibitors

Foam depressant

Desirable Characteristics: Stability of physical and chemical characteristics

High demulsibility (low emulsibility) for separation of water, air and contaminants

Resistance to the formation of gums, sludges, acids, tars and varnishes

High lubricity and film strength


6-13

The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications foruse at temperatures above 10°F (-12°C).

Grade AW32 is a general specification.

The following are only a few examples of the commercial brand oils meeting specifications foruse at temperatures below 10°F (-12°C).

International Harvester Tran

Auto Transmission Fluid Mobil DTE 25

Mobil Oil Company Sun Oil 2105

Auto Transmission Fluid Type F

Mobil Oil Company Mobil DTE 13

Shell Oil Company Tellus T-27


6-14

Lubricant Oil AND Grease

Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Lubricant

This gear lubricant is compounded to achieve high load carrying capacity and meet therequirements of either API-GL-5 or MIL-L-2105C. Unless otherwise specified, SAE-90viscosity oil may be used for year round service. Low temperature usage is restricted asfollows:

Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease

This is a lithium soap base grease with a high load carrying capacity. The following propertiesare recommended:

Under normal operating conditions, the following consistency grades are recommended:

NLGI No. 0 for subzero Fahrenheit temperatures.NLGI No.1 or No. 2 for ambient temperatures 0-100°F (-17.8°C -38°C).NLGI No. 2 or No. 3 for temperatures over 100°F (38°C).

SAE Viscosity No. Min. Ambient Temp. F.(C.)

75W -40 (-40)

80w -15 (-26)

85w +10 (-12)

90 +20 (-7)

140 +40 (+5)

250 +50 (+10)

Timken OK Load 40 lb. minimum

Dropping Point 350°F (177°C) min.

Oil Viscosity 75 SUS minimum at 210°F (99°C).

Water Resistance Excellent


6-15

Mobil SHC-630 Bearing AND Gear Lubricant

This gear lubricant provides better thermal and oxidation stability than conventional mineraloils. The lubricant has naturally high viscosity indexes compared to mineral oils, providinglower viscosity at lower temperatures and higher viscosity at higher temperatures.

Engine Lubricating Oil

For latest applicable engine lubricating oil specifications, contact the engine manufacturer,distributor or your local Atlas Copco distributor.

ISO Viscosity Grade 220

API Gravity 31.4

Viscosity Index 152

Viscosity:

cST at 40°C 217

cST at 100°C 25.9

SUS at 100°F 1122

SUS at 210°F 127


6-16

Cummins Fuel Oil

Cummins diesel engines have been developed to take advantage of the high energy contentand generally lower cost of No. 2 Diesel Fuels. Experience has shown that a Cummins dieselengine will also operate satisfactorily onNo.1 fuels or other fuels within the specificationsshown in following table.

CUMMINS FUEL OIL SPECIFICATION TABLE

Viscosity (ASTM D-445) 1.3 to 5.8 centistokes per second at 104°F (1.3 to 5.8 mm per second at 40°C)

Cetane Number (ASTM D-613) 40 minimum (exception: in cold weather or in service with prolonged idle, a higher cetane number is desirable)

Sulfur Content (ASTM D-129 or 1552)

Not to exceed 1 percent by weight

Water and Sediment (ASTM D-1796)

Not to exceed 0.1 percent by volume

Carbon Residue (Ramsbottom, ASTM-D-524 or Conradson, ASTM D-189)

Not to exceed 0.25 percent by weight on 10 percent volume residue

Flash Point At least 125°F (52°C) or legal temperature if higher than 125°F (52°C)

Density (ASTM D-287) 30 to 42F (-1 to 6°C) API gravity at 60°F (16°C) (0.816 to 0.876 Sp. Gr.)

Cloud Point (ASTM D-97) 10°F (6°C) below lowest ambient temperature at which the fuel is expected to operate

Active Sulfur Copper strip corrosion not to exceed No. 2 rating after 3 hours at 122°F (49°C)

Ash (ASTM D-482) Not to exceed 0.02 percent by weight

Distillation (ASTM D-86) The distillation curve must be smooth and continuous. At least 90 percent of the fuel must evaporate at less than 725°F (385°C).


6-17

REFILL CAPACITIES AND FILTER ELEMENTS CHARTS

Refill Capacities

APPROXIMATE REFILL CAPACITIES

COMPONENT QUANTITY

SYSTEMS

Hydraulic Tank 55 gallons (208 liters)

Separator Tank 9 gallons (34 liters)

Final Drive 64 ounces (1.89 liters)

Lubricator 3/4 quart (.7 liters)

Water Injection Tank 40 gallons (151.4 liters)

Engine Cooling System 12.5 gallons (47.3 liters) (50% water/50% anti-freeze)

Engine Oil 24 quarts (6 gallons) (22.71 liters)

Fuel Tank 100 gallons (378.5 liters)


6-18

Filter Elements and Kits

FILTER ELEMENTS AND KITS

LOCATION QTY PART NUMBER

Air Cleaner Kits

Engine Air Cleaner Elements: 1 Each

Secondary Safety Element 35355353

Primary Element 35355395

Compressor Air Cleaner Elements: 1 Each

Secondary (Safety) Element 35328442

Primary Element 35318252

Dust Collector Air Filter Elements (Standard) 2 Each 51793396

Dust Collector Air Filter Elements (Heavy Duty)

2 Each 51943330

Heavy Duty Kit (Includes 1 - 51943330 Element and 1 - 51943348 bolt).

2 Each 52146958

Filters / Elements

Cummins Tier III Engine

Engine Oil Filter Element 1 57752990

Fuel Filter 1 57743916

Water/Coolant Filter Element 1 51355329

Air Compressor

Oil Filters 1 51302214

Separator Element 1 36723666

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Fluid Filter Elements 2 51608503

Hydraulic Tank Filter, Breather 1 51790517


6-19

FLUID SPECIFICATIONS

Engine Oil Viscosity Recommendations

Compressor Oil Viscosity Recommendations

Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Recommendations


6-20

Rock Drill Oil Viscosity Recommendations

Final Drive Oil Viscosity Recommendations

Grease Recommendations

Anti-Freeze Recommendations


6-21

Rock Drill Oil Specifications

Characteristic Test Procedure

Below 20°F(-7°C)

20°F to 90°F(-7°C to

32°C)

Above 90°F

(32°C)

Viscosity:

SUS at 100°F (38°C) ASTM-2161 175 min. 450 min. 750 min.

SUS at 210°F (99°C) ASTM-2161 46 min. 65 min. 85 min.

cST at 104°F (40°C) ASTM-D445 37 min. 105 min. 160 min.

cST at 212°F (100°C) ASTM-D445 6 min. 11 min. 16 min.

Pour Point, °F (°C) max. ASTM-D97 -10°F (-23°C) -10°F (-23°C) -0°F (-18°C)

Flash Point,°F (°C) min. ASTM-D92 370°F (188°C)

400°F (204°C)

450°F (232°C)

Viscosity Index, min. ASTM-D2270 90 90 90

Steam Emulsion No. min. ASTM-1935-65

1200 1200 1200

Consistency Stringy Stringy Stringy

Falex Load Test lbs (kg) [min]

ASTM-D2670 2000 lbs (907kg)

2000 lbs (907kg)

2000 lbs (907kg)

Timken E.P. Test lbs (kg) [min]

ASTM-D2782 30 lbs (14 kg) 30 lbs (14 kg) 30lbs(14kg)


6-22

6.3 - SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULERead and understand the Safety Information, warnings and instructions before operation ormaintenance procedures are performed.

The maintenance schedule in this section shows those items requiring regular service and theintervals at which they should be performed. A regular service program should be geared tothe items listed under each interval. These intervals are based on average operatingconditions. In the event of extremely severe, dusty or wet operating conditions, more frequentmaintenance than specified may be necessary.

Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from theprevious interval must also be performed.

NOTICERefer to the Actual Manufacturer’s Operation and Maintenance Manualfor the Maintenance Schedules and procedures for the Deck Engine.

NOTICERefer to the Actual Manufacturer’s Service Maintenance Manual forMaintenance Schedule and procedures for the Carrier.


6-23

WALK AROUND INSPECTIONBefore every shift and prior to starting the drill, a walk around inspection of the overall drill

should be performed. This is in addition to the 10 hour daily routine maintenance procedures.Performance of this inspection can result in longer life and maximum productivity from the drill.

Walk Around Inspection

Description Action Remarks

Walkaround Inspection Check the condition of components and look for obvious problems

See “Walk Around Inspection” information in the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS section of this manual

Hydraulic System

Compressor System

Coolant System

Fuel System

General Checks


6-24

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL SCHEDULEUse the hourmeter as a guide when servicing the machine or drifter. The hourmeter indicates

the total number of hours the machine has been in operation.

Before each consecutive interval is performed, all of the maintenance requirements from theprevious interval must also be performed.

Maintenance intervals are based on normal operating conditions. When operating undersevere condition (such as very dusty air), the maintenance intervals should be shortened.

WARNING!

Before performing any service on the machine, ensure the machine isshut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.


6-25

SERVICE INTERVAL CHARTS


6-26


6-27

6.4 - 5 AND 10 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

SERVICE EVERY 5 HOURS

Fill Fronthead Lubricator

To add rock drill oil to the Lubricator, hold the metal guard and glass bowl and twist the lockingring to remove. Fill the glass bowl to 1/2 inch (12.7mm) below the top of the bowl. Thelubricator takes approximately 3/4 quart (.7l) of rock drill oil when empty. Refer to RefillCapacities Section for the proper type of rock drill oil to be used, and for the proper viscosityof rock drill oil to use during different weather conditions.

Be sure that the lubricator is filled with rock drill oil. Shut down the machine before looseningor removing the lubricator bowl. Remove slowly to release internal air pressure. Turn thelubricator adjustment screw on the lubricator in a clockwise direction until the lubricatoradjustment screw is completely closed (finger tight only). Open the lubricator adjustmentscrew 1-1/4 turns.

To determine if the drifter lubricator adjustment screw is properly adjusted, check thedischarged air at the drill exhaust port. Place a white piece of paper 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm)from the exhaust port for 2 to 5 seconds. If a slight amount of oil adheres to the paper, itindicates that the drifter lubricator adjustment valve is adjusted properly. Do not flood the drillwith oil. Allow a few minutes for the air to circulate between valve adjustments.

The drifter must receive adequate lubrication, but must not be over lubricated. Over lubrication


6-28

causes dieseling which destroys the lubricant. It results in scored cylinders, pistons, pistonstem bearings, and damage to other internal parts. Frequently check the lubrication setting ofboth lubricator valves during drilling operations. The flow of oil is affected by changes inambient temperature, and pressure. Readjust the lubricator as required. Refer to Table 7 ofthis Section for the proper type of rock drill oil to be used, and Table 8 for the proper viscosityof rock drill oil to use during different weather conditions. Check the Lubricator oil level every5 hours. If needed refill the Lubricator.


6-29


Check Radiator Coolant

WARNING!

Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot engine. Wait until thetemperature is below 120°F (50°C) before removing the pressure cap.Failure to do so can result in personal injury from heated coolant sprayor steam. Remove the filler cap slowly to relieve coolant system pressure.

Radiator Coolant Level

The coolant level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routine maintenanceprocedure. Ensure the coolers are not too hot to touch.

1. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid canbe seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.

NOTICEIf the coolant level is below the minimum level, the low level probe willactivate the engine shutdown. In the case of repeated low levelshutdowns, call for service to investigate cause of coolant loss.


6-30

2. Makeup coolant added to the engine must be mixed with the correctproportions of antifreeze, supplemental coolant additive (SCA), and water toavoid engine damage. It must be used year round in all climates.

NOTICERefer to Cooling Recommendations and Specifications in this section formore details on coolant. Also refer to engine manual.

CAUTION!

Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. Engine castings can bedamaged. Allow the engine to cool to below 120°F (50°C) before addingcoolant.

3. A refractometer must be used to accurately measure the freeze point of thecoolant.

4. Do not use a floating ball hydrometer. Floating ball hydrometers can give anincorrect reading.


6-31

Cooling System Sealing Additives

Never use a sealing additive to stop leaks in the coolant system. The use of sealing additiveswill:

• Build up in coolant low flow areas

• Clog coolant filters

• Plug radiator and oil cooler

This can result in coolant system plugging and inadequate coolant flow causing the engine tooverheat.

Cooling System Soluble Oils

Do not use soluble oils in the cooling system. The use of soluble oils will:

• allow cylinder liner pitting

• corrode brass and copper

• damage heat transfer surfaces

• damage seals and hoses


6-32

Clean Radiator AND Oil Cooler(s)

NOTICEIf the drill has suffered leaks of oil or fuel, dirt will tend to adhere to thecooling fins of the radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. This accumulation ofdirt will reduce the cooling efficiency. Therefore, any leaks of oil or fuelshould be immediately repaired and cooling surfaces given a thoroughcleaning.

Check every 10 hours or daily for signs of clogging on the exposed cooling fins on thecombined radiator, compressor oil and hydraulic oil coolers as part of the routine maintenanceprocedure.

WARNING!

When using compressed air, water jets or steam cleaning methods,ensure that appropriate protective clothing is worn to protect eyes andexposed parts of the body.

1. If clogging is dried on dirt, use liquid or dry air to remove from the cooling fins.If dry dust is present, use low pressure compressed air to clean.

2. In case of severe clogging due to fluid leaks, apply diesel fuel or a commercialcleaning detergent. Let it soak in and then wash off with water jet.


6-33

Check Engine Oil

WARNING!

Hot oil or components can burn. Hot oil and hot components can causepersonal injury. Do not allow hot oil or hot components to contact theskin.

Check the engine oil level daily by viewing the dipstick. Perform this maintenance with theengine shut off.

1. The drill must be on a level, stable surface when checking the oil level to besure the measurement is correct.

2. Wait at least 5 minutes after shutting off the engine to check the oil level. Thisallows time for the oil to drain into the oil pan.

3. Pull out the dipstick (oil level gauge), wipe it clean with a lint free dry cloth andpush the dipstick back in.

4. Pull out the dipstick again and check the oil level on the dipstick.


6-34

5. Maintain the oil level between the “L” (low) mark and “H” (high) mark on the oillevel gauge (dipstick). Do not fill the crankcase above the “HIGH” mark.

CAUTION!

Never operate the engine with the oil level below the “L” (low) mark orabove the “H” (high) mark.

6. Remove the oil filler cap and add oil, if necessary. (Refer to the LubricantSpecifications for details on engine oil.)

7. Clean the oil filler cap and reinstall.

8. Repeat process and check oil level again after engine has run for about 1minute.


6-35

Engine Belts AND Tensioner

Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Beltdamage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment, In-correct installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts.Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life ofthe belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to causeunnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. Unnecessary stresses are placed upon thepulley bearings and upon the belts that are too tight. These stresses will shorten the life of thebelts and of the pulley bearings.

Drive Belts Inspection

To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks,cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have aglazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned beltswill show even pulley and belt wear.

1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts.

2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.

NOTICESee the Belt Tension Chart in the OEM Engine Operation andMaintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the beltwidth used.


6-36

3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension byapplying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If thedeflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance,the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect1/2” to 3/4” (13mm to 19mm).

Engine Alternator Drive Belt

1. Loosen up the alternator and the adjusting link mounting capscrews.

NOTICEThe Adjusting Link Screw’s lower jam nut has left-hand threads.

2. Loosen up the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.


6-37

3. Turn adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.

4. Tighten jam nuts on the adjusting screw.


5. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews to a torque valueof 40 ft/lbs. (55Nm).

6. Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. Belt tension must be 150ft./lb (670Nm).


6-38

Water Pump Drive Belt

1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump.

2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.

CAUTION!

Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belttension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore,reduce belt and bearing life.

3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm).

4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage.

5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary.

6. Ensure that the belt guard is replaced and secured properly.


6-39

Drive Belts Replacement

NOTICEWhen a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set.

1. Loosen up the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as closetogether as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force.

2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.

NOTICERefer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation andMaintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the beltwidth.


6-40

3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmforeach meter) of distance between pulley centers.

4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrudeover 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove.

5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts.


7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engineoperation at the rated rpm.


6-41

Check Compressor Oil Level

Check the compressor oil level in the receiver tank every 10 hours or daily. A loss ofcompressor oil could be an indication of excess oil carryover with the compressed air andwould require a separator element change.

WARNING!

Do not attempt to open the filler plug, any drain plugs or the drain valvebefore making sure all air pressure has been relieved from the system.High Pressure can cause severe injury or death

1. Check the oil level with the level gauge on the receiver separator tank

2. If necessary, add fresh, clean synthetic oil (filtered through a 10 micron filter)through the fill cap area to bring level to FULL.


6-42

Check Hydraulic Oil Level

NOTICEDirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. Aclean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drill’sproper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulicsystem to ensure its complete cleanliness. When operating, the oil levelmust be between the maximum and minimum.

The hydraulic reservoir oil level must be checked daily as part of the 10 hour routinemaintenance procedure.

1. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicatorlocated behind the Main Control Console.


6-43

2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retractedpositions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note thefollowing information when reading the level gauge:

a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between theFULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.

b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND alsowhen the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at alltimes. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.

NOTICEIf no oil is showing on the gauge, stop the engine immediately and call forservice assistance to investigate the cause of oil loss.

CAUTION!


3. If necessary, add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the ProtectiveCap and the Fill Connection and connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil intothe reservoir until the level is at the HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil LevelIndicator. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulic oil.


6-44

Drain Fuel Sediment

Water in the fuel can cause the engine to run rough. If the fuel has been contaminated withwater, the element should be changed before the regularly scheduled interval of 250 hours.

WARNING!

Fuel is flammable. May cause serious injury or death. Shut down engine,extinguish all open flames and do not smoke while draining fuel filters.Always wipe up any spilled fuel immediately.

WARNING!

Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components cancause a fire. To help prevent possible injury, turn the start switch offwhen changing fuel filters or water separator elements.

The manufacturer requires that a fuel-water separator or fuel filter and water separator beinstalled in the fuel supply system. Drain the water and sediment from the separator daily.

NOTICEThe water and sediment may contain petroleum products. Please consultthe local environmental agency for recommended disposal guidelines.

1. Shut off the engine.


6-45

2. Place a suitable container under the fuel filter-water separator to collect anyexcess escaping fuel when draining.

3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwiseabout

4. 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of water and anysediment until the clear fuel is visible (about 1 cup).

5. Turn the valve clockwise approximately 2-1/2 turns to close the drain valve.

CAUTION!

Do not over-tighten the valve. It can damage the threads.


6-46

Drain Dust Collector

As compressed air moves through the Dust Collector, condensation can build up, especiallywhen the weather is humid or damp. Condensation is collected in two areas of the DustCollector. One is at the Air Regulator and the other is the Pulse Air Tank.

Turn the Air Regulator Condensation Drain counter-clockwise for 1.5 to 2 turns to allow themoisture to drain. Turn the Pulse Air Tank Condensation Drain counter-clockwise untilmoisture begins to drain. When moisture no longer drains from these two areas, turn the drainsclockwise until they are closed.


6-47

Drain Compressor Unloader Condensation

As compressed air moves through the Compressor Unloader Valve, water condenses andmust be drained daily, especially when the weather is humid or damp. If water is allowed tocondense into the compressor oil, the bearing life will be considerably reduced.

Condensation is removed from the system by opening the Compressor Unloader Valve Drain.Before draining the water from the Compressor Unloader Valve, shut down the machine.

1. Locate and open the drain and allow any of the accumulated water to drain intoa container.

2. When oil starts to flow, close drain.

3. Dispose of all accumulation in accordance with local regulations.

Loose or Frayed Hoses

Daily or Every 10 Hours, do an overall check for loose or frayed hoses. A frayed hydraulichose can instantly break open; spraying hot hydraulic fluid on a person; causing severe burns.Always replace a worn or damaged hose immediately.

Loose Nuts and Bolts

Check daily for loose nuts and bolts.All nuts and bolts must be kept properly tightened at alltimes.


6-48

Examine Drill Rods, Coupling, Drill Bits and the Striking Bar

The bits, drill rods and couplings, and the striking bar must be checked for wear, cracks anddamage. Any one of these problems should be corrected right away. The bits should also bechecked formissing carbides. If the striking bar needs to be replaced, refer to the drifterinstruction manual for proper replacement.

Grease Guide Sprockets


6-49

6.5 - 50 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE


General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-50

Lubricate All Grease Fittings

Grease all Grease Fittings every 50 hours. Use the Hour Meter on the Main Control Consoleas a guide when servicing the drill or drifter. The Hour Meter indicates the total number ofhours the machine has been in operation.

Maintenance intervals are base of normal operating conditions. Severe operating conditionswill require shorter maintenance intervals. Under severe conditions, grease all Grease Fittingsprior to 50 hours if necessary.

Check Air Cleaner Restriction

When the Visual Restriction Indicator on the inlet tube shows “red”, a restriction has occurred.This usually means the filters are dirty. A RED indicator requires opening the air cleaners andcleaning or replacing the elements.

NOTICENever leave the air cleaner open longer than necessary.

The air cleaner is the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable andcan be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned.

There are two Air Cleaner assemblies on the ECM-590. One is the Compressor Air Cleanerand the other is the Engine AIr Cleaner.


6-51

Compressor Air Cleaner

WARNING!

Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine isshut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.


6-52

1. Clean around the edges of the Compressor Air Cleaner cover to prevent dirtfrom entering the Air Compressor.

Loosen and remove the Wing Nut and Cover.

2. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Primary Element.


6-53

3. Inspect the seal on the Primary Element. Replace the Primary Element if theseal looks worn or damaged.

4. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety(Secondary) Element.

5. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut, then pull out the Safety (Secondary)Element.


6-54

6. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Safety (Secondary) Element. If seal looksworn or damaged, replace the Safety (Secondary) Element.

7. The safety element should be replaced at this time if:

•Examination of the removed primary element reveals a torn or perforated element.

•Change safety element after three primary element changes or 1 year duration.

•Change safety element as indicated by the Safety Element Restriction Indicator.

•Change safety element if the air cleaner visual restriction indicator is RED afterservicing the primary element.

8. Clean the inside of the cover and the housing with a clean, damp cloth.

9. To clean the primary element, perform the following:

a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the elementfrom no closer than 1 inch from the filter.


6-55

b.To wet clean the element, soak for 15minutes in lukewarm water, notexceeding 160F (71C),mixed with a commercially available detergent.Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the elementmust be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dryelement.

NOTICEReplace the primary element after six cleaning’s or annually, whichevercomes first.

You will probably find that the carrier engine uses a vacuator valve on the aircleaner that is mounted outside on the back side of the carrier cab.

10. Carefully install the cleaned or new primary element and secure it with the wingnut and washer.

11. Install the dust cover.

12. Inspect all air intake piping and joints between the air cleaners and the engineair and the compressor air inlets to ensure that no dusty air can enter.

13. Ensure all clamps are tight.


6-56

Engine Air Cleaner

WARNING!

Before performing any service on the air cleaners, ensure the machine isshut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to prevent movement.


6-57

1. Clean around the edges of the Compressor Air Cleaner cover to prevent dirtfrom entering the Air Compressor.

2. Loosen and remove the Wing Nut.

3. Loosen and remove the Primary Element. Be aware that the Seal and Coverare attached to the Primary Element


6-58

4. Inspect the Seal on the rear of the Primary Element. If seal looks worn ordamaged, replace the Primary Element.

5. Thoroughly wipe clean the inside of the housing BEFORE removing the Safety(Secondary) Element.

6. Inspect the safety element restriction indicator (Safety Signal). If the indicatoris RED, replace the safety element.

NOTE: Make sure the safety element wing nut is tight. Never attempt toclean a safety element. You must change the safety element after threeprimary element changes or as indicated by the Safety Service Indicator.


6-59

7. The safety element should be replaced at this time if:

•Examination of the removed primary element reveals a torn or perforated element.

•Change safety element after three primary element changes or 1 year duration.

•Change safety element as indicated by the Safety Element Restriction Indicator.

•Change safety element if the air cleaner visual restriction indicator is RED afterservicing the primary element.

8. Clean the inside of the cover and the housing with a clean, damp cloth.

9. To clean the primary element, perform the following:

a. To dry clean the element, carefully direct compressed air (not to exceed100 psi or 5 bar pressure) at an angle onto the inside surface of the elementfrom no closer than 1 inch from the filter.

b. To wet clean the element, soak for 15 minutes in lukewarm water, notexceeding 160°F (71°C),mixed with a commercially available detergent.Rinse till water runs clear (40 psi maximum). After the cleaning, the elementmust be thoroughly dry before using. Do not use compressed air to dryelement.

NOTICEReplace the primary element after six cleaning’s or annually, whichevercomes first.


6-60

10. Carefully install the cleaned or new primary element and secure it with the wingnut and washer.

11. Install the dust cover.

12. Inspect all air intake piping and joints between the air cleaners and the engineair and the compressor air inlets to ensure that no dusty air can enter.

13. Ensure all clamps are tight.

Vacuator Valves

On filters equipped with vacuator valves, the dust cup service is cut to a minimum. A quickcheck to see that the vacuator valve is not inverted, damaged or plugged is all that isnecessary.


6-61

Air Cleaner Service Tips

Follow these simple service tips. You’ll keep your air cleaners working at their best to protectyour engines and compressor continuously.

1. To begin with, let restriction levels be your guide. Use a Restriction Indicator.

2. Service elements only when the restriction reaches the service levelrecommended by the engine or equipment manufacturer. It’s only above thatpoint that air cleaner restriction begins to reduce performance levels.


6-62

3. If the engine or compressor performance is poor, but restriction is still withinlimits, don’t change that element!. The air cleaner is probably not at fault.

4. To get extra service hours out of each filter element, make sure the air inlet isaway from any heavy dust clouds caused by operation. And make sure exhaustcarbon cannot enter the air cleaner.

5. Check to see that all connections are tight and leak-free and that breakawayjoints, both intake and exhaust, are aligned and sealing.

6. Make sure that the vacuator valve, on air cleaners so equipped, is not plugged.Is the cup joint sealing? This should take care of most air cleaner related


6-63

performance problems.

7. When restriction readings finally indicate a change, remove the primaryelement very carefully. Use a damp cloth to wipe out all the excess dust in theair cleaner.

8. If you reuse the elements, clean them with care. Rapping, tapping or poundingdust out of them is dangerous. Severe damage to the filter will result.


6-64

9. A thorough cleaning with air or water is recommended in many cases. But becareful. Too much pressure can break the filter paper and destroy the element.

10. Carefully check new or properly cleaned elements for damage before installing.

11. Never attempt to clean a safety element. Change safety elements only afterthree primary element changes or as indicated by a safety signal serviceindicator.

12. Make it a habit not to disturb the element until restriction again reaches theservice limit.


6-65

Clean Pre-Cleaners

There are two Pre-Cleaners on the ECM-590 Drill. One Pre-Cleaner is for the Engine Intakeand the other Pre-Cleaner is for the Compressor Intake Pre-Cleaner. The Pre-Cleaners arelocated on top of the enclosure.

WARNING!

Before performing any service on the air pre-cleaners, ensure themachine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to preventmovement.

Ensure the engine is off prior to cleaning the Pre-Cleaners. Use Compressed Air to blow dirtfrom the Pre-Cleaners.


6-66

Check Hydraulic Filter Restriction

It is important to monitor the filter’s Restriction Indicator sight glass during the 50 Hour ServiceInterval by the operator. If the indicator window shows RED, then the filter elements requirereplacement. If the window shows GREEN, the filters are satisfactory.

NOTICEDirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure.

A clean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the drill’sproper function.

Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulic system toensure its complete cleanliness.

WARNING!

Do not attempt to service the filters before making sure all the hydraulicpressure has been relieved from the system.

When restriction indicates that element servicing is required, proceed in the following mannerfor these filters:

NOTICECare must be taken to ensure fluids are contained during any inspectionor work is performed on this component. Handle and dispose of fluidsaccording to local regulations and mandates.

1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulic


6-67

fluid.

2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below120ºF.

3. Wipe all external dirt and oil from the filter and head area to minimizecontamination from entering the system.

4. Place a container under the oil filters to prevent any oil spill from contaminatingthe ground.

5. Unscrew the filter elements from the filter head and properly discard them.

6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head.

7. Check the hydraulic tank for the proper level of hydraulic oil.

8. Start the drill for a few minutes to allow oil to flow through the new filterelements.

9. Re-check the indicator to ensure the indicator is now green.


6-68

Check Feed Chain Tensioning

Because it will stretch with use, it is necessary to make periodic adjustments to the feed chain.If the feed chain is loose or slack (the chain has more than 1/2 inch play), adjust the TensioningCylinder until the chain has less than 1/2 inch play.

1. Move the drill guide to a horizontal position, low enough to mount the GreaseAdapter to the top of the drill guide.


6-69

2. An adapter is supplied with the drill in the Ship Kit.Mount this adapter onto agrease gun.

3. Slide the adapter over the Tensioning Cylinder Grease Port.

4. Pump the Grease Gun until the Tension Cylinder moves and tightens the FeedChain.

5. Adjust the Feed Chain until it has less than 1/2 inch play.


6-70

Check Track Tensioning

The following track maintenance must be carried out as part of the 50 hour routinemaintenance schedule.

One of the more critical factors in undercarriage wear is proper track adjustment.

a. Tracks that are too tight will put extra stress on both the undercarriage and thedrive train components, while wasting horsepower.

b. Tracks that are too loose create too much back bending, snaking and poorfooting which causes needless wear on roller flanges, sprocket teeth and trackguides.

Proper track adjustment will vary with soil conditions and drill application. For example,packing takes up slack, thus creating tight track.With excavator type chain, internal pin andbushing wear causes track to loosen and offset the tight track caused by packing. Proper trackadjustment is important if long life and full track value are to be received.

Check Track Tension

1. The drill should be in it’s working environment. Propel the drill through mud andallow dirt to pack the tracks.

2. Propel the drill in the direction of the idlers. Stop with one track pin directly overthe top carrier roller as shown below.

3. Place a straight edge on top of the shoe grousers between the top carrier rollerand the front idler.

4. The correct Sag (distance from the bottom of the straight edge to the top of thetrack shoe) is.50 to.75 inch (12.7 to 19 mm). If the measurement is not withinthis range, the tracks need adjustment.


6-71

Adjusting Track Tension

1. An adapter is supplied with the drill in the Ship Kit.Mount this adapter onto agrease gun.

2. Slide the adapter over the Tensioning Cylinder Grease Port.

3. Pump the Grease Gun until the Tension Cylinder moves and tightens the FeedChain.

4. Adjust the Feed Chain until it has between.50 to.75 inch (12.7 to 19 mm) play.


6-72

Check Battery Level

WARNING!

Batteries contain an acid and can cause injury. Skin and eye contact withbattery fluid can cause injury. Avoid skin and eye contact with batteryfluid. If contact occurs, flush area immediately with water.

WARNING!

Battery fumes can ignite and explode. Do not smoke when observingbattery fluid level.

Electrolyte Level

1. Check the electrolyte level and keep the electrolyte level above the plates.

2. Refill with distilled water if necessary.

CAUTION!

Over filling can cause poor performance or early failure.

Batteries, Clamps AND Cables

The standard batteries supplied are heavy duty lead acid type, requiring the followingmaintenance.

1. Keep the top of the batteries clean.

2. Clean the terminals.

3. Keep battery connections tight.

4. Apply a small amount of grease to the terminal connections to preventcorrosion.

5. Inspect the cables, clamps and hold down brackets. Replace if necessary.


6-73

6.6 - FIRST 100 HOUR ONLY MAINTENANCE


General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-74

Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters

Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter after the first 100 Hours of Operation.

WARNING!

Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personalinjury.

WARNING!

Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America havedetermined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can causereproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion and commonprolonged contact with used engine oil.

WARNING!

Do not allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.

Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settleon the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil.Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. Thisdraining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly.

Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculatedthrough the engine lubrication system with the new oil.


6-75

Drain the Engine Oil

1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil todrain into the oil pan.

2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperatureshould not exceed 140°F. (60°C.) before draining oil.

3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 26 Quarts (25 liters), under the drainport.

4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into acontainer.

5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface.Inspect the threads for damage.

6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm)

7. Dispose of used oil properly.


6-76

Replace Engine Oil Filters

Change the engine oil filter(s) at the same time the engine oil is changed.

WARNING!

Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to draininto the ground. Dispose of properly.

1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under theengine oil filter(s).

2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) withan Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.

NOTICEThe O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed.

3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of theused filters in compliance with local regulations.


6-77

4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s)using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metaldebris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debrisis found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs.

Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts ofdebris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a furtheranalysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.

5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all ofthe old seal is removed before installing the new filter.

6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during thedelay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.


6-78

7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.

8. Install the filter(s) as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have theirinstructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filtergasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to theinstructions that are shown on the oil filter.

NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.

CAUTION!

Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filterelement seal.


6-79

Fill the Engine Crankcase

The refill capacities for the Cummins engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of thecrankcase or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.

1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amountof oil.

2. Start the engine and run at idle speed.

3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug.

4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from theupper parts of the engine.

5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.

6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the “H” (High) mark on the dipstick.

Engine Series Oil Specification Approximate Refill Capacities

Quarts Liters

Tier II Series API CG-4 15W40 (All drills leave the factory filled with

Amalie 15W40)

25 23.8


6-80

Change Compressor Oil FIlter

Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.

1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area tominimize contamination from entering the system.

2. Place a container under the oil filters to collect any oil escaping during removaland prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground.

3. Unscrew the filters and discard used filters in accordance with local guidelines.

4. Clean the sealing surface of filter head.

5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head.

6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal withclean oil.

7. Install the new filters as specified in the parts manual. Most filters haveinstructions included.

8. After startup, check the oil filters for any leaks at operating temperatures.


6-81

Change Hydraulic Oil FIlters

Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters at the first 100 Hours of Operation.

NOTICECare must be taken to ensure fluids are contained during any inspectionor when work is performed on this component. Handle and dispose offluids according to local regulations and mandates.

WARNING!

Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operatingtemperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Donot allow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.

1. Follow all local and federal regulations concerning the handling of hydraulicfluid.



6-82







9. Check the indicator to ensure the indicator is green.


6-83

Change Fuel Pre-FIlter

Change the Fuel Pre-Filter at the first 100 Hours of Operation.

WARNING!


WARNING!


1. Clean the area around the fuel filter head.



6-84

3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwiseabout 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel.


CAUTION!


5. Unscrew the Pre-Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines.

6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head.Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head.

7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket.

8. Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the gasket touches thesurface of the filter head.

NOTICEDo not fill the fuel pre-filters with fuel before installing them. The fuelwould not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel willcause accelerated wear to fuel system parts.

9. Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn after gasket touches the filterhead surface. Do not over-tighten the filter.

10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks.

11. Pump the Pre-Primer at the top of the filter head until fuel can be seen in thePre-Filter sump.

12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop theengine and check for leaks again.

NOTICELeaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. Theair in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air entersthe fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.


6-85

Change Final Drive Oil

Change the Final Drive Oil at the first 100 Hours of Operation.

WARNING!

Hot oil or components can burn. Oil must be at normal operatingtemperature when draining. Avoid contact with hot oil or components.

1. Position the transmission so that the oil drain plug (2) is positioned vertically atits lowest point (about 6 o’clock). The oil filler plug (1) should then be on the leftor right outside of the transmission middle.

2. Clean the area around the Check/Fill Plug and the Drain Plug.

3. Place an oil collection container underneath the transmission.

4. Undo and remove oil filler plug, oil level check plug, and oil drain plug.

5. Drain oil completely.

6. Insert drain plug with new washer and tighten.

WARNING!

The transmission must be filled with fresh, clean oil.

7. Fill with oil until the level has reached the oil level Check/Fill port. Insert Check/Fill Plug, then tighten.


6-86



General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-87

Change Engine Oil and Oil Filters

Change the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Every 250 Hours of Operation.

WARNING!

Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil can cause personalinjury.

WARNING!

Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America havedetermined that used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can causereproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion and commonprolonged contact with used engine oil.

WARNING!


Do not drain the oil when the engine is cold. As the oil cools, suspended waste particles settleon the bottom of the oil pan. The waste particles are not removed with the draining cold oil.Drain the crankcase with the engine stopped. Drain the crankcase with the oil warm. Thisdraining method allows the waste particles that are suspended in the oil to be drained properly.

Failure to follow this recommended procedure will cause the waste particles to be recirculatedthrough the engine lubrication system with the new oil.


6-88

Drain the Engine Oil

1. Position the drill on a stable, level surface and shut off engine. Wait at least 5minutes after shutting off engine to drain the oil. This allows time for the oil todrain into the oil pan.

2. Ensure oil is warm by viewing water temperature gauge. The temperatureshould not exceed 140°F. (60°C.) before draining oil.

3. Place container, with a capacity of at least 26 Quarts (25 liters), under the drainport.

4. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain from the drain port into acontainer.

5. After the oil has completely drained, clean the drain plug and sealing surface.Inspect the threads for damage.

6. Install the drain plug. Torque to 59 ft.-lbs (80 Nm)

7. Dispose of used oil properly.


6-89

Replace Engine Oil Filters

Change the engine oil filter(s) at the same time the engine oil is changed.

WARNING!

Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do not allow used oil to draininto the ground. Dispose of properly.

1. Place a container with a capacity of at least 3 quarts (2.84 liter) under theengine oil filter(s).

2. Clean the area around the lubricating oil filter head. Remove the filter(s) withan Oil Filter Strap Wrench Assembly.

NOTICEThe O-ring can stick on the filter head. Make sure it is removed.

3. Discard the filter(s) if they are not needed for a failure analysis. Dispose of theused filters in compliance with local regulations.


6-90

4. If failure analysis is needed, cut all the way around the top of the oil filter(s)using a pipe cutter or hack saw. Inspect the pleated paper element for metaldebris. Metal debris in the filter can reveal an impending engine failure. If debrisis found, find the reason for the debris and perform the needed repairs.

Due to normal wear and friction, it is not uncommon to find small amounts ofdebris in the oil filter. Consult the manufacturer in order to arrange for a furtheranalysis if an excessive amount of debris is found in the oil filter.

5. Clean around the sealing surface of the filter mounting base. Ensure that all ofthe old seal is removed before installing the new filter.

6. Fill the oil filters with clean lubricating oil. The lack of lubrication during thedelay until the filters are pumped full of oil is harmful to the engine.


6-91

7. Apply a film of clean engine oil to the seal of the new oil filter before installing.

8. Install the filter(s) as specified by the filter manufacturer. Most filters have theirinstructions printed on the side of the filter. Tighten the oil filter until the oil filtergasket contacts the base. Tighten the oil filter by hand according to theinstructions that are shown on the oil filter.

NOTE: Do not over-tighten the oil filter.

CAUTION!

Mechanical over-tightening can distort the threads or damage the filterelement seal.


6-92

Fill the Engine Crankcase

The refill capacities for the Cummins engine crankcase reflect the approximate capacity of thecrankcase or sump plus standard oil filters. Auxiliary oil filter systems will require additional oil.

1. Remove the oil filler cap and fill the engine crankcase with the proper amountof oil.

2. Start the engine and run at idle speed.

3. Inspect for leaks at the oil filter(s) and the drain plug.

4. Shut off the engine. Wait approximately 5minutes to let the oil drain from theupper parts of the engine.

5. Check the oil level. The dipstick is located next to the engine oil filter.

6. Add oil as necessary to bring the oil level to the “H” (High) mark on the dipstick.

Engine Series Oil Specification Approximate Refill Capacities

Quarts Liters

Tier II Series API CG-4 15W40 (All drills leave the factory filled with

Amalie 15W40)

25 23.8


6-93

Check Air Intake System

The Air Intake System consists of the air cleaners, pre-cleaners, and piping to the compressorunloader and the engine turbo-charger.

Check Air Cleaner Restriction

When the Visual Restriction Indicator on the inlet tube shows “red”, a restriction has occurred.This usually means the filters are dirty. A RED indicator requires opening the air cleaners andcleaning or replacing the elements.

NOTICENever leave the air cleaner open longer than necessary.

The air cleaner is the dry type with two elements: A primary element that is replaceable andcan be cleaned, and a safety element that should only be replaced and never cleaned.

There are two Air Cleaner assemblies on the ECM-590. One is the Compressor Air Cleanerand the other is the Engine AIr Cleaner.


6-94

Air Intake Piping

The Air Intake Piping is the series of tubes and elbows from the Air Cleaners to theCompressor Unloader and the Engine Turbo-Charger.

1. Check the elbows for cracks and air leaks.

2. Ensure the clamps are tight.

3. Inspect the tubing for holes, cracks, or corrosion.

4. Replace any damages parts of the Air Intake Piping.


6-95

Pre-Cleaners

There are two Pre-Cleaners on the ECM-590 Drill. One Pre-Cleaner is for the Engine Intakeand the other Pre-Cleaner is for the Compressor Intake Pre-Cleaner. The Pre-Cleaners arelocated on top of the enclosure.

WARNING!

Before performing any service on the air pre-cleaners, ensure themachine is shut down and the tracks are chocked or blocked to preventmovement.

Ensure the engine is off prior to cleaning the Pre-Cleaners. Use Compressed Air to blow dirtfrom the Pre-Cleaners.


6-96

Check Engine Shutdown System

Check the Emergency Engine Shutdown System Every 250 Hours of Operation. The ECM-590 Drill has two Emergency Engine Shutdown switches, one on each console. Theseswitches work independently. Pushing either switch will shut down the machine.

The Emergency Engine Shutdown switch has a red light that comes on when the fuel systemis energized. If the light goes out, it normally means that the engine fuel system is notoperating. Pushing the emergency stop button switch shuts off power to the fuel valve whichstops fuel flow and shuts the engine down. Turning the key switch does the same thing.Allengines are “energized to run”, which means the fuel system must be energized in order topump fuel.


6-97



WARNING!








WARNING!




6-98

Change Fuel Pre-FIlter

Change the Fuel Pre-Filter at the first 250 Hours of Operation.

WARNING!


WARNING!





6-99

3. Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve counter-clockwiseabout 2-1/2 turns until draining occurs. Drain the filter sump of fuel.


CAUTION!


5. Unscrew the Pre-Filter and discard in accordance with local guidelines.

6. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the sealing surface on the filter head.Ensure no pieces of old seal remain on the filter head.

7. Apply a light coating of clean diesel fuel to the surface of the filter gasket.


NOTICEDo not fill the fuel pre-filters with fuel before installing them. The fuelwould not be filtered and could be contaminated. Contaminated fuel willcause accelerated wear to fuel system parts.


10. Check the engine and connections for fuel leaks.

11. Pump the Pre-Primer at the top of the filter head until fuel can be seen in thePre-Filter sump.

12. Start the engine and check for leaks. Run the engine for one minute. Stop theengine and check for leaks again.

NOTICELeaks are difficult to detect while the engine is running. The primary filter/water separator is under suction. A leak will allow air to enter the fuel. Theair in the fuel can cause low power due to aeration of the fuel. If air entersthe fuel, check the components for over-tightening or under-tightening.


6-100

Check Drifter Accumulators

Check the Drifter Accumulators Every 250 Hours of Operation.

The YH-80A drifter uses three nitrogen-charged diaphragm accumulators to dampenvibrations in the supply and return hoses. The YH-70 drifter uses two nitrogen-chargeddiaphragm accumulators to dampen vibrations in the supply and return hoses. The supply line(high pressure) accumulators must be charged to 853 psi (60 kg/cm2). The return line (lowpressure) accumulator must be charged to 57 psi (4 kg/cm2). An accumulator charging kit isfurnished as a standard accessory item with the hydraulic machine.

DANGER!

DRY NITROGEN IS THE ONLY GAS PRODUCT TO BE USED TO CHARGETHE DRILL ACCUMULATORS. NEVER USE OXYGEN TO CHARGE THEACCUMULATORS. IGNITION OF AN OXYGEN AND OIL MIXTURE IN THEACCUMULATOR COULD PRODUCE AN EXPLOSION, WHICH COULDSEVERELY INJURE PERSONNEL IN THE AREA.


6-101

DANGER!

MAKE SURE THE ACCUMULATORS ARE IN GOOD CONDITION. MAKESURE THE ACCUMULATOR HOUSING HAS NO CRACKS OR SIGNS OFEXCESSIVE WEAR. A DAMAGED ACCUMULATOR COULD RUPTUREAND SEVERELY INJURE PERSONNEL.

Using the furnished accumulator charging kit, check the accumulator pressures as follows:

1. Using the spanner wrench (furnished with the drifter), remove the protectivecaps from the accumulator covers on both accumulators.

2. Loosen the accumulator valve slightly (about an 1/8 of a turn).

3. Attach the accumulator valve assembly to the accumulator, turning theassembly hand tight.

4. Check the pressure gauge on the accumulator charging assembly.

5. If the accumulator pressure are incorrect, attach the charge valve assembly tothe accumulator, turning the assembly hand tight.

6. Connect the nitrogen bottle hose to the charge valve assembly charging port.

7. Make sure the discharge valve on the side of the charging valve assembly isclosed. (Turning clockwise closes the valve).

8. Turn the charge valve on top of the charging valve assembly counter-clockwiseto open the accumulator valve. Open valve three to four turns.

WARNING!

Failure to open the accumulator valve a full three to four turns may resultin damage to the seal when the nitrogen bottle valve is opened.

9. Slowly open (turn counter-clockwise) the valve on the nitrogen bottle and allowthe pressure to build. Close the valve when the pressure reaches propersetting. If the pressure becomes higher, adjust the pressure by using thedischarge valve on the charging valve assembly.

10. Close the accumulator valve by turning the charging valve on the chargingvalve assembly.

11. Open the discharge valve to release gas in the charging valve assembly andthe hose.

12. Remove the nitrogen bottle hose.

13. Remove the charging valve assembly.

14. Tighten the accumulator valve. Torque the valve to 22 lb-ft. (30 Nm).


6-102

15. Replace the accumulator protective cap.

16. Follow the same procedure to charge the second accumulator. The drifter isthen ready for service.


6-103



General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-104

Replace Engine Coolant Filter

Replace the Engine Coolant Filter at every 500 Hour Scheduled Maintenance interval.

NOTICEUse the correct engine coolant filter to maintain correct SCA(Supplemental Coolant Additive) concentration in the system. Maintainthe correct concentration by changing the service filter at each oil draininterval. Refer to Coolers Maintenance Procedures for further SCAinformation.


6-105

Remove Engine Coolant Filter

Remove the coolant system pressure cap.

WARNING!

Do not remove the pressure cap from a hot engine. Hot steam will causeserious personal injury. Remove the coolant system pressure cap andclose the shutoff valve(s), if so equipped, before removing the coolantfilter. Failure to do so can result in personal injury from heated coolantspray.

A manual shutoff valve is provided to prevent coolant leakage while changing the coolant filter.

With the valve in the opened position, the coolant flows to and from the coolant filter. In theclosed position, the coolant flow is cut off to and from the coolant filter.


6-106

1. Turn the coolant shutoff valve to the “OFF” position.

2. Clean the area around water cooler filter.

3. Place a container under filter to collect any escaping coolant during removal.

4. Unscrew and discard the used filter in full compliance with local guidelines.


6-107

Install Engine Coolant Filter


2. If necessary, replace O-ring on filter head.

3. Apply a light film of engine oil to the gasket seal before installing the newcoolant filter.

NOTICEDo not allow oil to get in the filter. It will break down the SCA.

4. Install the new filter as specified by the filter manufacturer. Turn the filter untilthe seal touches the filter head. Turn an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn aftercontact.

CAUTION!

Mechanical over tightening can distort the threads or damage the filterhead.

5. Open the shut-off valve

CAUTION!

Engine damage will result if the shut-off valve is left closed.

6. Install the coolant system pressure cap.

7. Operate the engine and check for coolant leaks.

8. After the air has been purged from coolant system, check the coolant levelagain.

NOTICENever use water alone without Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) orwithout inhibited coolant. Water alone is corrosive at engine operatingtemperature. Water alone does not provide adequate protection againstboiling or freezing.


6-108

NOTICEThe engine is protected against corrosion of the cooling system byadding corrosion inhibitor to the coolant. If the engine radiator has beentopped off using only water, the additive content will become diluted andthe risk of corrosion will increase.

NOTICERefer to engine instruction manual for further information andprocedures on this important maintenance item.


6-109

Change Engine Fuel Filter

Change the Engine Fuel Filter every 500 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Interval.

WARNING!


WARNING!



2. Place a container under the fuel filter to collect any escaping fuel whenremoving it.

3. Unscrew the used fuel filter using 75-80mm and 90-95mm filter wrenches.Discard used filter in accordance with local guidelines.

4. Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the surface of the filter head gasket.

5. If necessary, replace the O-ring in the filter head.


6-110

NOTICEUse the correct filter(s) for your engine. Cummins requires that a fuel-water separator or a fuel filter and water separator be installed in the fuelsupply system.

6. Apply a light coating of clean engine oil to the surface of the filter gasket.

7. Fill new filter(s) with clean fuel.



10. Check the engine and connections for leaks.

11. If fuel filters are changed according to these instructions, no manual bleedingof fuel lines should be required. If necessary, refer to the engine manufacturer’smanual for information on bleeding the system.


6-111

Change Compressor Oil FIlter

Change the Compressor Oil Filter at the first 500 Hours of Operation.

1. Wipe all the external dirt and oil from the filter housing and the head area tominimize contamination from entering the system.

2. Place a container under the oil filters to collect any oil escaping during removaland prevent any oil spill from contaminating the ground.

3. Unscrew the filters and discard used filters in accordance with local guidelines.


5. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals of the dual filter head.

6. Fill the new filters with clean compressor oil and lubricate the O-ring seal withclean oil.

7. Install the new filters as specified in the parts manual. Most filters haveinstructions included.

8. After startup, check the oil filters for any leaks at operating temperatures.


6-112

Compressor Oil Change

Under normal operating conditions, the compressor oil must be changed every 1000 hours aspart of a routine maintenance program.

WARNING!

Oil must be at normal operating temperature when draining. Hot oil orcomponents can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil or components. Do notallow used oil to drain into the ground. Dispose of properly.

1. Position drill on stable, level surface and shutdown the engine.

2. The best time to drain the receiver separator tank oil is when the oil is warm. Atthat time the sediment in the receiver separator is in suspension and will drainwith the old oil. Temperature should not exceed 140°F (60°C) before drainingoil.

3. Place a container with a capacity of at least 15 gallons (68.2 liters) under thedrain point.


6-113

WARNING!

Do not attempt to remove any plugs before making sure all air pressurehas been relieved from the system.

4. Remove the drain plug at the bottom of the receiver separator tank and allowcompressor oil to drain into the empty container.

5. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.

WARNING!


6. Clean and install the drain plug.


6-114

7. Refill the receiver separator tank through the oil filler. Fill with XHP605compressor oil to the full mark on the level gauge.

8. Clean and replace the fill plug.


6-115

Examine Compressed Air Hoses and Clamps

Examine for and change out worn hoses and weakened Boss clamps. If the hoses are to bechanged out, change the Boss clamps also. These Boss clamps hold the hose connectionsunder a large amount of air pressure. The following instructions pertain to the proper way toinstall the Dixon Boss Clamps. Follow these instructions when changing out these clamps.

DIXON Boss Clamp Selection and Installation

SAFETY INFORMATION

MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration) Regulations

30 CFR Sections 56.13021 and 57.13021

Except where automatic shutoff valves are used, safety chains or other suitable lockingdevices shall be used at connections to machines of high pressure hose line of 3/4" insidediameter or larger, and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4" inside diameter or larger,where a connection failure would create a hazard.

30 CFR Section 75.1730

(e) Safety chains, suitable locking devices, or automatic cut-off valves shall be used atconnections to machines of high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger,and between high pressure hose lines of 3/4 of an inch inside diameter or larger, where aconnection failure would create a hazard. For purposes of this paragraph, high pressuremeans pressure of 100 PSI (6.9 bar) or more.

30 CFR Section 77.412

(d) Safety chains or suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of highpressure hose line of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high pressure hose line of1-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard.

S.T.A.M.P.E.D.

When fabricating and specifying hose assemblies, ask the following questions:

1. Size:

What is the I.D. (Inside Diameter) of the hose? What is the O.D. (OutsideDiameter) of both ends of the hose? What is the overall length of the assemblyrequired?

2. Temperature:

What is the temperature range of the media (product) that is flowing through thehose assembly? What is the temperature range of the environment thatsurrounds the outside of the hose assembly?

3. Application:

How is the hose assembly actually being used? Is it a pressure application? Isit a vacuum (suction) application? Is it a gravity flow application? Are there anyspecial requirements that the hose assembly is expected to perform? Is thehose being used in a horizontal or vertical position? Are there any pulsations or


6-116

vibrations acting on the hose assembly?

4. Media:

What is the media/material that is flowing through the hose assembly? Beingspecific is critical. Check for: Abrasive materials, chemical compatibility, etc.

5. Pressure:

What is the maximum pressure including surges (or, maximum vacuum) thatthis hose assembly will be subjected to? Always rate the maximum workingpressure of your hose assembly by the lowest rated component in the system.

6. Ends:

What couplings have been requested by the user? Are they the proper fittingsfor the application and hose selected.

7. Dixon:

Dixon recommends that, based on the hose, fittings and attachment methodused, all assemblies be permanently marked with the designed workingpressure and intended media. Do not use other manufacturer's fittings orferrules with Dixon products due to the differences in dimensions andtolerances. We also recommend that all hose assemblies be tested frequently.Be Safe: Any questions on application, use or assembly contact your localAtlas Copco dealer or distributor.


6-117

1. Force is the dynamic power which is exported longitudinally through a hose,towards the ends. To arrive at the number of pounds of force exerted, youmultiply the area of the I.D. time the working pressure being used.

2. Area of a circle: – x r (PI[3.1416] times radius squared)

3. Force = Area x Pressure


6-118

GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS

The following contains general procedures that relate to all assemblies in terms of preparation.

1. Cutting the Hose - Two terms are used:

a. Cut to length means cut the hose to the length requested excluding thelength of the fitting(s).

b. Overall Length (O.A.L.) refers to the overall length of the assemblyincluding fittings.

Example: The hose has to be cut to a certain length so that when couplingsare installed the length of entire assembly is the required overall length. Thecalculation below describes the steps to determine hose length to be cut toobtain the required overall length.

O.A.L = requirement is 50 ft. (This is the total length of the assembly).

Fitting Length = 7 inches (This is the overall length of the fitting).

Shank Length = 4 inches (This is length of the fitting that is inserted intothe hose).

2. Cut Ends Square - Hose ends must be cut square (90_ to the length of thehose) for proper coupling insertion. Improper insertion can reduce couplingretention.

3. Clean Hose Ends - Debris left inside the hose from the cutting process mustbe removed prior to coupling insertion. This is especially important when anabrasive wheel or chop saw" is used to make a cut. Debris will reduce couplingretention.

4. Determine number of clamps required


6-119

5. Mark Hose for Proper Clamp Placement - The Boss Clamps and Air KingClamps do not require a hose marking for placement. because the clamp'sgripping finger positions the clamp automatically.

6. Static Grounding - When static grounding is required it's essential that it bedone properly. Typically, it is accomplished by bending the built-in static wire orthe helical wire (or wires) into the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter) so that the wireor the wires make contact with the metal coupling. Bend in no more wire thannecessary. One half inch is usually sufficient. Other methods of staticgrounding may be required due to hose type, hose manufacturer or style ofcoupling being installed. Always contact the hose manufacturer to verify properstatic grounding techniques for that particular hose. Improper static groundingcan lead to fire, explosions reduced assembly life, damage to property andinjury or death to personnel.

7. Hoses with Helical Wire - Determine which direction the helical wire ispointing. Proper installation of pre-formed band clamps or bands and bucklesrelies upon proper orientation of the clamp tail with the helical wire. Note: Ifhelical wire is not used for static grounding, trim the wire flush with the hose.This will prevent operator injuries during the assembly.

8. Seal the Hose Ends - At each end of the hose, the reinforcement is exposedto the outside elements. This exposure can lead to premature assembly failureespecially if the end of the assembly is laying in a puddle of water or puddle ofproduct. If assembly is to be subjected to these conditions, the hose ends mustbe sealed. Typically, rubber cement or shellac can be used. Wire reinforcehoses can corrode to the point of failure near the clamp. Textile or fabricreinforced hoses can wick" water or product to anywhere in the length of thehose and exit the cover at the weakest spot.

9. Apply Coupling Lubricant - Lubricate the coupling shank and hose insidediameter prior to the coupling insertion. Dixon recommends using DixonCoupling Lubricant (DCL10 pint, DCL80 gallon). Do not use hand soap, oil,grease, WD40, Silicon Spray or other similar substances that may attack thehose tube material and / or reduce coupling retention.


6-120

DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE

All Dixon clamping devises ("Boss" Clamps, Double Bolt Clamps, Single Bolt Clamps, T" BoltClamps, Holedall Ferrules, etc.) have a minimum and maximum hose O.D. (Outside Diameter)range. To ensure proper coupling performance, it is imperative that the clamping deviseselected be the correct size for the hose O.D. being used.

Accurate hose O.D. measurement is achieved by using a Diameter Tape. Both ends of thehose must be measured due to the variances allowed by the hose manufacturers in theirproduction tolerances. In addition, the hose manufacturers change dimensional specificationson their products without prior notification.

Procedure

1. Grasping the tape buckle, pull several inches of tape from the case.

2. One side of the tape is a regular ruler. The other side of the tape is markedINCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS. (See “A" on Diagram 1). This is the side of thetape used to measure hose O.D.

3. To understand how the diameter tape works, do the following:

a. Locate the numbers (1,2,3,etc.) with a line the width of the tape to the rightof it (See B" in Diagram 1). These represent inches of diameter.

b. The numbers 16", 32", and 48" are reference numbers (See D" in Diagram1). They represent 16/64ths, 32/64ths and 48/64ths of an inch respectively.

c. Each hash marks between these two numbers represents 1/64th of an inch(See C" in Diagram 1).

These numbers, when combined as outlined below, convert the hosecircumference into inches of diameter.

4. To measure the hose O.D. with the diameter tape, do the following:

a. With the diameter side of the tape facing up, loop the tape around the endof the hose to be measured keeping the loop two to three inches from thehose end.

b. While the tape is being looped around the hose, keep the buckle to thebottom of the loop.

c. Making sure that the tape is as flat on the hose as possible. Pull the tapetight.

d. The line to the right of INCHES OF DIA. BY 64THS." should line up with oneof the inches of diameter marks, reference number marks or hash marksabove it.


6-121

5. To read the hose O.D. just measured in step 4, do the following:

a. Determine the inches of diameter number. If the line from Step 4d abovelines up with one of these numbers, this is your outside diameter (SeeDiagram 2). If line from Step 4d above lines up with a reference the numberto the LEFT of an inches of diameter number, see step 5b below.

b. Locate the reference number (if needed) to the LEFT of inches of diameternumber determined by the line from Step 4d above. The outside diameterwill be the inches of diameter number from Step 5a above PLUS the 64thsrepresented by the reference number (See Diagram 3). If the line from Step4d above is to the left of a reference number, see Step 5c.

c. Locate the hash mark (if needed) to the LEFT of the reference numberdetermined by the line from Step 4d. The outside diameter will be theinches of diameter from Step 5a PLUS the 64ths represented by referencenumber from Step 5b PLUS the number of hash marks from the referencenumber including the one above the line from Step 4d (See Diagram 4).

Diagram 2:

Diagram 3:


6-122

Diagram 4:


6-123

BOSS CLAMPS


6-124


6-125

Note:

1. The bolts used in the Boss interlocking clamps are not standard bolts. Theyvary from standard bolts in their length, diameter, overall thread length andmaterial hardness. These bolts can be re-torqued, but it is not recommendedthat they be reused, as they are designed for a single bend only. Dixonrecommends using only factory supplied replacement bolts.

2. Torque values for clamps are based on dry bolts. The use of lubricant on boltswill adversely effect clamp performance.

3. Do not lubricate bolts.

4. Recommended torque rating is in ft./lbs.


6-126

Boss" Clamp Selection

1. Measure the hose Free" O.D. (Outside Diameter) with a diameter tape. Free"O.D. is the outside diameter before the stem is inserted.

2. Determine the hose I.D. (Inside Diameter).

3. On the Boss Clamp Chart, locate the Hose I.D." column.

4. Locate the section of clamps in that column that correspond with the hose I.D.

5. From that section of the clamps, find the clamp that has an O.D. range in theHose O.D. From / To column that best fits the hose O.D. just measured.

Additional Information

1. For steam hose, select the clamp that has a maximum range as close to (butnot smaller than) the measured hose O.D. This will allow the clamp to be re-tightened many times to adjust for Cold-Flow" which speeds up with increasedtemperature and /or hot/cold cycles.

2. For hard wall constructed hose (wire present) with an O.D. at or near theclamp's maximum range, use of the next largest clamp may be required. SeeCriteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit.

3. For soft wall constructed hose (no wire present) having an O.D. at or nearclamp's minimum range, use of the next smallest clam may be required. SeeCriteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine proper clamp fit.

Notes:

1. Use of an incorrectly sized Boss" clamp can result in damage to property andserious injury to personnel.

2. Refer to the DIXON DIAMETER TAPE PROCEDURE" for instructions on howto read a diameter tape.

3. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniqueswhen using a two bolt Boss" clamp.

4. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 4 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniqueswhen using a four bolt Boss" clamp.

5. Refer to INSTALLATION OF BOSS 6 BOLT CLAMP" for assembly techniqueswhen using a six bolt Boss" clamp.


6-127

Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp

Notes:

1. Sufficient fit criteria provides inspection guidelines when the clamp has beenassembled in accordance with prescribed Procedure and all of the bolts aretightened to 150 FT/LBS. FOR 3 INCH CLAMP, 60 FT/LBS FOR THE 2-1/2AND 2 INCH CLAMPS.

2. The failure to adhere to these guidelines could produce poor clampperformance, leaking assemblies or even separation of hose and coupling thatmay cause property damage and /or serious injury to personnel.

Minimum Range

1. 1/32" clearance between clamp halves (both sides) for clamps that aredesigned to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose.

2. 1/16" clearance between clamp halves (both sides for 4 bolt clamps) or allsegments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.hose.

3. 1/32" clearance between clamp gripping fingers (all gripping fingers) and stemgroove for all sizes.

Maximum Range

1. 1/32" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all grippingfingers) for clamps designed to fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D.

2. 1/16" interlock between the clamp gripping finger and stem collar (all grippingfingers) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.

3. 1/32" interlock between dovetail extensions (both sides) for clamps designedto fit 1/4" I.D. through 2" I.D. hose.

4. 1/16" interlock between dovetail extensions on both sides (4 bolt clamps) or allsegments (6 bolt clamps) for clamps designed to fit 2-1/2" I.D. through 6" I.D.hose.


6-128

INSTALLATION OF BOSS 2 BOLT CLAMP

Procedure

1. Prepare the hose. Refer to GENERAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS".

2. Place the stem in a vise.

a. For male stems, tighten the vise on the hex.

b. For female stems (wing nut), place a spud in the vice, tighten and thenthread the wing nut onto the spud.

3. Select the proper Boss Clamp. Refer to Boss Clamp Selection".

4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above.

5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: Whenhose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts mayrequire squeezing clamp halves in a vise.

6. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows:

a. Front bolt, 1 full turn.

b. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn.

c. Repeat 1" and 2" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque valuelisted on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts".Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torquewrench.

d. Remove assembly from vise.

7. Test assembly if required. Refer to TESTING".

Notes:

1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows theclamp to conform to the hose circumference.


6-129

2. Periodic bolt re-tightening is necessary due to Cold-Flow" present in all rubberhoses.

3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse.Once removed, discard.

4. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine properassembly.


6-130


Notes:


2. Boss clamps (including nuts and bolts) are for single use only! Once removed,discard.

Process






4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar as illustrated above.

5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement. Note: Whenhose O.D. is at or near clamp maximum range, starting of nuts on bolts mayrequire squeezing clamp halves.

6. Using a torque wrench, tighten bolts to the recommended torque of 150 ft-lbsfor the 3 inch clamp and 60 ft-lbs for the 2-12 inch and 2 inch clamps. Torquevalues are based upon dry bolts". Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clampperformance. Bolt tightening sequence is as follows:

a. Back bolt, 1 full turn.


6-131

b. Front bolt, 1 full turn.

c. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened.

d. Opposite side back bolt, 1 full turn.

e. Opposite side front bolt, 1 full turn.

f. Snug by hand, nuts on opposite side of bolts just tightened.

g. Repeat a" to f" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque. Clampbolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows theclamp to conform to the hose circumference.


8. Refer to Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" to determine properassembly.


6-132


Procedure






4. Position the clamp gripping fingers behind the stem collar.

5. Tighten the bolts by hand until there is equal thread engagement on all six nuts.

6. Tighten nuts on bolts in the following sequence. See Boss 6 Bolt Clampillustration.

a. Bolt 1" - one full turn. Before tightening each bolt in sequence, snug the nutby hand if loose.

b. Bolt 2" - one full turn.

c. Bolt 3" - one full turn.

d. Bolt 4" - one full turn.

e. Bolt 5" - one full turn.

f. Bolt 6" - one full turn.

g. Repeat 1" to 6" until all bolts are tightened to recommended torque valuelisted on BOSS CLAMPS" chart. Torque values are based upon dry bolts".


6-133

Lubricant on bolts will adversely effect clamp performance. Use a torquewrench.

h. Remove assembly from vice.


Notes:

1. Clamp bolts are designed to bend during tightening. This bending" allows theclamp to conform to the hose circumference.


3. Boss clamps (including the nuts and bolts) are for single use only. Do not reuse.Once removed, discard.

4. Refer to the Criteria For Sufficient Fit of a Boss Clamp" for guidelines todetermine proper assembly.


6-134

TESTING

The following is for general hydrostatic testing and electrical continuity testing. Otherprocedures may need to be employed. Follow the RMA (Rubber Manufacturers Association)hydrostatic test procedures IP-11-1 through IP-11-8 or ASTM D-380 (latest revision). Consultthe hose manufacturer if questions arise. If an assembly requires both hydrostatic andelectrical continuity testing, perform the electrical continuity test first.

Hydrostatic Testing

1. Determine the assembly working pressure. The assembly working pressure isthe lesser pressure rating of either the hose or the couplings.

2. Determine the test pressure. Test pressure is 1-1/2 times the assembly workingpressure.

3. Lay the assembly in a straight line.

4. Install test caps or test plugs to both ends.

5. Connect bleed-off valve to one end and test pump intermediate hose to otherend of test sample.

6. Position test pump (or test sample) to that test pump and test sample are at a90_ angle to each other.

7. Fill test sample with water. Elevate end with bleed-off valve to purge air fromsample. Make certain that all air is removed.

8. Bulwark ends of test sample to prevent damage from accidental couplingseparation.

9. Activate pump until test pressure is achieved.

10. Hold test pressure for 15 minutes.

11. Turn off pump and relieve pressure from test sample.

12. Remove test fixtures from test sample.

13. Drain water from test sample.

14. Complete test report for sample just tested.

CAUTION!

No one is to stand near ends of test samples while under pressure for anyreason.


6-135

Electrical Continuity Testing

No standard exists for testing electrical continuity. Generally speaking, this type of testing isdone with either a continuity meter or a multimeter.

The continuity meter simply has a light that goes on when each coupling is simultaneouslytouched with a probe. A multimeter registers electricity in ohms (W).

Always contact the hose manufacturer for instructions on the proper method and criteria forelectrical continuity testing.


Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every 500 Hours of Operation.


WARNING!



2. The engine must not be running and the fluid temperature must be below


6-136

120ºF.







9. Check the indicator to ensure the indicator is green.


6-137

Check Anti-Freeze and SCA Concentration

Test the Anti-Freeze Concentration and Supplemental Coolant Additive (SCA) Concentrationevery 1000 hours or twice a year. Also test the concentration levels when coolant is added tothe cooling system.

SCA Concentration

Use the engine manufactures coolant test kit to check the SCA concentration level. An enginemanufacturers manual is provided with each drill. Instructions on how to use the kit areprovided with the kit.

Anti-Freeze Concentration

CAUTION!

Over concentrate of antifreeze or use of high-silicate antifreeze candamage the engine.

Check the anti-freeze concentration with a refractometer only. Do not use a floating ballhydrometer. A floating ball hydrometer can give an incorrect reading. A refractometer providesa reliable, easy to read, and accurate measurement of freezing point protection and glycol(anti-freeze) concentration.

The anti-freeze concentration must be a mixture of 50 percent water and 50 percent ethyleneglycol or propylene glycol-based anti-freeze to protect the engine to -26ºF (-32ºC) year-around.

Anti-freeze is essential in every climate. It broadens the operating temperature range bylowering the coolant freezing point and by raising its boiling point. The corrosion inhibitors alsoprotect the cooling system components from corrosion and prolong component life.


6-138



General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-139

Change Hydraulic Oil and Filters

Change the Hydraulic Tank Oil (and filters) after any major hydraulic systemrepair.Change theHydraulic Oil and Filters and clean the Strainers every 1000 Hour Scheduled MaintenanceInterval.

WARNING!


NOTICEDirt in the hydraulic system will lead to premature component failure. Aclean, contaminant free system is extremely important to the machine’sproper function. Take extra care when working around or on the hydraulicsystem to ensure its complete cleanliness.


6-140

Drain Hydraulic Oil

WARNING!


1. Position drill on stable, level surface and retract all hydraulic cylinders.

2. Ensure that a container with a capacity of at least 60 gallons (272.8 liters) isplaced under drain point to collect used oil.

3. Drain the Hydraulic Tank by removing the Drain Plug.

4. Allow the oil to drain.

5. Clean and install the Drain Plug.

6. Dispose of the used oil in accordance with local guidelines.


6-141

Inspect and Clean Strainers

1. After emptying the drained oil from the container, replace the container underthe plug and Access Panel.

2. Disconnect the hoses from the Access Panel and cap them off to keepcontaminants from entering the hoses.

3. Unscrew the bolts from the Access Panel and remove the assembly from theHydraulic Tank.

4. Remove the Strainers from the assembly. Clean them and set them aside.

5. Remove and clean all gasket material from the Hydraulic Tank and AccessPanel.

6. Re-Mount Strainers onto the Access Panel tighten them securely.

7. Coat the new Gasket with Hi-Temp RTV (Silicone Adhesive Sealant).

8. Place Gasket onto Access Panel, then place the assembly onto the HydraulicTank.

9. Mount Bolts and Washers into the tank to secure the Access Panel assemblyand tighten them.

10. Connect the hoses to the Access Panel.

NOTICEAny contamination entering the hydraulic tank during filling will seriouslyrisk damage the components. The oil in the tank must be free ofcontamination.


6-142


Change the Hydraulic Oil Filters every time the Hydraulic Oil is changed.


WARNING!





6-143




6. Screw the new filter elements onto the filter head and tighten.


6-144

Fill Hydraulic Tank

1. Add clean hydraulic oil with the Fill Pump. Remove the Protective Cap and theFill Connection and connect the fill hose. Hand pump the oil into the reservoiruntil the level is at the HIGH mark on the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicator locatedbehind the console. Refer to Lubricant Specifications for details on hydraulicoil.

CAUTION!


2. The oil level in the hydraulic tank depends on the extended or retractedpositions of the hydraulic cylinders. It is important to observe and note thefollowing information when reading the level gauge:

a.The oil level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted should be between theFULL mark and the MINIMUM mark on the sight gauge.

b.The top of the oil level MUST be visible when the engine is running AND alsowhen the engine is stopped. There must be oil showing on the gauge at alltimes. Add oil to bring to levels defined above.

3. Check the Hydraulic Oil Level by viewing the Hydraulic Oil Level Indicatorlocated behind the Main Control Console.


6-145

4. Start the engine and check for leaks.

5. Function all cylinders, then return them to the retracted position.

6. Stop the drill and check the oil level. Add more oil in needed.


6-146

Adjust Engine Valve Clearance

NOTICEOperation of engines with improper valve adjustments can reduce engineefficiency. This reduced efficiency could result in excessive fuel usageand/or shortened engine component life.

Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for maintenance instructions concerning valveclearance, adjusters and injectors. This operation requires a trained service engineer.


6-147

Engine Belts AND Tensioner

Under normal operating conditions, the engine drive belts should be inspected daily. Beltdamage can be caused by: Incorrect tension, Incorrect size or length, Pulley misalignment,Incorrect installation, Severe operating environment and Oil or grease on the belts.

Adjust the belt tension in order to minimize belt slippage. Belt slippage will decrease the life ofthe belts. If the belts are too loose, the belts will vibrate. This vibration is enough to causeunnecessary wear on the belts and on the pulleys. If the belts are too tight, unnecessarystresses are placed upon the pulley bearings and upon the belts. These stresses will shortenthe life of the belts and of the pulley bearings.

Drive Belts Inspection

To maximize the engine performance, visually inspect the belts for tension, wear, breaks,cracks or other damage. Replace belts that are cracked or frayed. Adjust belts that have aglazed or shiny surface which indicates belt slippage. Correctly installed and tensioned beltswill show even pulley and belt wear.

1. Remove the belt guard to check the belt tension or to replace belts.

2. Measure the belt tension in the center span of the pulleys.

NOTICERefer to the Belt Tension Chart in the OEM Engine Operation andMaintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the belt


6-148

width used.

3. An alternate method (deflection method) can be used to check belt tension byapplying 25 lbs (110 N) force midway between the pulleys on v-belts. If thedeflection is more than one (1) belt thickness per foot of pulley center distance,the belt must be adjusted. As a general rule, a correctly adjusted belt will deflect1/2” to 3/4” (13mm to 19mm).

Engine Alternator Drive Belt

1. Loosen up the alternator and the adjusting link mounting capscrews.


6-149


2. Loosen up the jam nuts on the adjusting screw.

3. Turn adjusting screw clockwise to tighten the belt tension.

4. Tighten jam nuts on the adjusting screw.


5. Tighten the adjusting link and alternator mounting capscrews to a torque value


6-150

of 40 ft/lbs. (55Nm).

6. Check the belt tension again to be sure it is correct. Belt tension must be 150ft./lb (670Nm).


6-151

Water Pump Drive Belt

1. Loosen the locknut which secures the idler pulley to the water pump.

2. Turn the adjusting screw to adjust the belt tension.

CAUTION!

Do not adjust the belt tension to full value with the adjusting screw. Belttension can increase when the lock nut is tightened and, therefore,reduce belt and bearing life.

3. Secure idler pulley in position by tightening the lock nut to 50 ft./lb (70Nm).

4. Loosen up the adjusting screw 1/2 turn to prevent breakage.

5. Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary.



6-152

Drive Belts Replacement

NOTICEWhen a drive uses two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set.

1. Loosen up the adjusting mechanism and move the pulley centers as closetogether as possible. The belts can then be installed without excessive force.

2. To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the pulley or pry it on with a tool.

NOTICERefer to the Belt Tension Chart in your OEM Engine Operation andMaintenance Manual for the correct gauge and tension value for the beltwidth.


6-153

3. Pulley misalignment must not exceed 1/16 inch for each 12 inches (6mmforeach meter) of distance between pulley centers.

4. Belts must not touch the bottom of the pulley grooves, not must they protrudeover 3/32 inch (3mm) above the top edge of the groove.

5. When a drive uses two or more belts, the belt riding depth must not vary over1/16 inch (2mm) between the belts.


7. If new belts are installed, check the tension again after 30 minutes of engineoperation at the rated rpm.

Check Engine Belt Tensioner Bearing

Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for maintenance instructions concerning Engine BeltTension Bearing. This operation requires a trained service engineer.


6-154



General Information

WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!


WARNING!



6-155

Change Compressor Separator Filter

WARNING!

Do not attempt to remove any plugs or open the tank before making sureall air pressure has been relieved from the system. High Pressure cancause severe injury or death

WARNING!

Hot oil or components can burn. Avoid contact with hot oil orcomponents.

1. Park the drill on a stable, level surface and shut down engine. Allow time for thedrill to cool.


6-156

2. Relieve all pressure from the system.

3. Remove the receiver cover and remove the separator element.

4. Discard the used element in accordance with local guidelines.

5. Clean the gasket surface.

6. When installing the new element, make sure that the element gasket isequipped with a staple. The staple is the grounding contact the tank.

7. Clean the Scavenge Orifice.


6-157

8. Lift the cover. Use a guide bar to assist in aligning the cover’s holes to thehousing flange. Make sure the gasket seats properly.

9. Apply “Anti-Seize“lubricant to the bolts and replace the cover. Torque thesebolts to 100 ft. lbs (135.5 Nm) alternately.


6-158

Change Engine Anti-Freeze

Change the Engine’s Anti-Freeze every 2000 Hours Maintenance Interval.

The coolant system of any engine should be drained and flushed out after 2000 hours, or 2years of service. Unless the coolant has a corrosion preventive in it, rust and scale willeventually clog up the system. Any effective, commercial flushing agent should be used atleast once or twice a year to ensure against buildup.

Clean the cooling system and flush the cooling system before the recommended maintenanceinterval if the following conditions exist:

1. The engine overheats frequently.

2. Foaming is observed.

3. The oil has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated.

4. The fuel has entered the cooling system and the coolant is contaminated.

NOTICEUse of commercially available cooling system cleaners may causedamage to cooling system components. Therefore use only coolingsystem cleaners that are approved by engine manufacturer. Contact yournearest dealer or refer to your Engine Operation and Maintenance Manualfor specifics.

NOTICEInspect the water pump and the water temperature regulator after thecooling system has been drained. This is a good opportunity to replacethe water pump, the water temperature regulator and the hoses, ifnecessary.

WARNING!

Pressurized System: Hot coolant can cause serious burns. To open thecooling system filler cap, stop the engine and wait until the coolingsystem components are cool. Loosen the cooling system pressure capslowly in order to relieve the pressure. Injury can occur when removingthe radiator cap. Steam or fluid escaping from the radiator can burn.Inhibitor contains alkali. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid allcontact with steam or escaping fluid.


6-159

Drain Cooling System

1. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool.

2. Place a container under the drain points to collect used coolant.

3. Loosen the cooling system filler cap slowly in order to relieve any pressure.Remove the cooling system filler cap.

4. Open the drain valve located at the base of the radiator. At the same time, drainthe engine block. Allow the coolant to drain. (Refer to the engine manufacturersmanual for the recommended procedure.)

NOTICEEngine coolant must be disposed of in a responsible manner. Pleaseconsult the local environmental agency for recommended disposalguidelines.


6-160

Flush Cooling System

1. Flush the cooling system with clean water in order to remove any debris.

2. Close the drain valve (if equipped). Clean and install the drain plugs. Refer tothe “Torque Specifications” in this section for proper torque information.

NOTICEFill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gal) per minute to avoidair locks.

3. Fill the cooling system with a mixture of clean water and cooling systemcleaner. Use a mixture of 1 US gallon (3.8 liters) of an approved cooling systemcleaner for each 10 to 15 gallons (38-57 liters) of cooling system capacity andfill the system with water.

4. Operate the engine at low idle and normal operating temperatures of at least185°F (85°C) for 1 to 1-1/2 hours.

5. Shut the engine off and drain the cooling system.

6. Fill the cooling system with clean water to flush the cooling system.

7. Operate the engine at high idle for 5minutes with coolant temperature above185°F (85°C).

8. Shut off the engine and drain the cooling system.

NOTICEIf the water being drained is still dirty, the system must be flushed againuntil the water is clean.

9. Stop the engine and allow the engine to cool. Loosen the cooling system fillercap slowly in order to relieve any pressure. Remove the cooling system fillercap. Remove the drain plugs located at the base of the radiator and the engineblock. Allow the coolant to drain. Flush the cooling system with clean water.Close the drain valve. Clean and install the drain plugs.


6-161

Fill the Cooling System

1. Refill the radiator with a 50-50 mixture of the engine manufacturer’srecommended antifreeze and good quality water. Install the correct (SCA)Filter. Do not use any lubricant or corrosion inhibitor.

NOTICEFill the cooling system no faster than 19 L (5 US gallons) per minute toavoid air locks.

2. When refilling the cooling system, refer to the engine manufacturer’s Operationand Maintenance Instruction manual where full information is given on howobtain and to check the correct SCA level in the engine and on cooling systemspecifications. Do not install the cooling system filler cap.

3. Start and run the engine at low idle. Increase the engine speed to HIGH. Runthe engine at HIGH idle for one minute in order to purge the air from the cavitiesof the engine block. Stop the engine.


6-162

4. Check engine coolant level. The coolant level should be maintained so fluid canbe seen in the sight glass. If coolant is low, add through filler cap.

5. Clean the cooling system filler cap. Check on the condition of the filler capgaskets. Replace the cooling system filler cap if the filler cap gaskets aredamaged. Reinstall the cooling system filler cap.

6. Start the engine. Inspect cooling system for leaks and for check for properoperating temperature.


6-163

Check Engine Vibration Damper

The condition of the Engine Vibration Damper must be checked every 2000 Hours or 2 Yearsof Operation.

Engine Vibration Dampers are designed to reduce torsional vibration, the small but sometimesdangerous angular oscillation a shaft undergoes, as the alternately ignited cylinders delivertorque spikes to the shaft via the pistons and connecting rods. Crankshaft torsional vibrationis inherent in all internal combustion engines and can be especially harmful in highhorsepower, high rpm applications if a damper in poor condition is utilized.

Check the Index Lines (A) in the Vibration Damper Hub (B) and the Inertia Member (C). If the


6-164

lines are more than 1/16 inch (1.59mm) out of alignment, replace the Vibration Damper.

Inspect the rubber member for deformation. If pieces of rubber are missing or if the elasticmember is more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) below the metal surface, replace the damper.

Look for forward movement on the damper ring on the hub.Replace the Vibration Damper ifany movement is detected.


6-165

Check Shutdown Temperature Settings

The ECM-590Drill is equipped with a HIGH TEMP shut down system to protect the engine. Ifthe engine coolant temperature exceeds 215°F (101°C), the engine will shut down. Thistemperature is measured with a water temperature gauge sender located in the side of theengine block, next to the alternator.

The engine Water Temperature Gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant systemin both F and C scales. Normal operating temperature is from 158-212°F (70-100°C). Thereare three connection points on the back of the Water Temperature Gauge. The left contactpoint is for the positive connection, the center contact point is the negative wiring connection,and the right contact point is for the sender. The Water Temperature Gauge nor its sender willshut down the engine.

A Water Temperature Switch is located on the side of the cooler.When the temperature of thecoolant exceeds 215°F (101°C), the switch will interrupt the fuel system to the engine, thusshutting down the engine. The Water Temperature Switch is what shuts down the Engine andis what must be checked.

To check the Temperature Shutdown Settings,

1. Ensure the engine is cool before checking the Switch.

2. Place a container under the Switch port on the side of the cooler to collect anycoolant that spills.

3. Disconnect the wiring from the Switch.

4. Remove the Switch from the side of the cooler and plug the port in the coolerto prevent the coolant from spilling from the cooler.

5. Connect the Negative side of an Ohm Meter to one wiring connection of theSwitch and the Positive side of the Ohm Meter to the other wiring connection ofthe Switch.

6. Place the Switch into a container of rapidly boiling water. Since water boilsrapidly at a temperature higher than the Switch’s settings, placing the Switchinto the rapidly boiling water should interrupt (break) the continuity measuredon the Ohm Meter.

7. If the Switch is working properly, replace it into the cooler.

8. If continuity does not interrupt (break), replace the Switch with a new one.


6-166



WARNING!








WARNING!



G-1

GLOSSARY

Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III GLOSSARY

G-2

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

~A~Actuator

A motor or cylinder that is being put into motion by the flow of a hydraulic pump.Adapter-Adaptor (both spellings are accepted)A device used to connect two different sizes or types of threads. It is used to connect rotary head spindles to drill pipe, drill pipe to stabilizers and stabilizers to drill bits.ANFOAmmonium Nitrate Fuel Oil mixture: explosive most commonly used in blastholes.AnnulusThe space between the drill pipe and the outer diameter of the hole made by the bit.AnnunciatorAn electrical signaling device on a switchboard.APIAmerican Petroleum Institute.ASMEAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers.ASTMAmerican Society of Testing Materials.Auto Lube SystemAn air powered pump that provides grease to various components of the drill through hoses. It can be manual or computer controlled.Axle (Main Shaft)The tube connecting the tracks of a Blasthole drill to the main frame.

~B~BankVertical surface of an elevation; also called face.Beco ThreadA coarse type of thread used on drill pipe for blastholes.BenchWork area on top edge of an elevation. The work area for blasthole drills.Bit, Auger

GLOSSARY Instruction Manual: ECM-590/592 Tier III

G-3

A type of bit used to drill soft formations. It usually has a series of flutes on the outside.Bit, ClawA wing-type bit that has multiple flukes. Sometimes called a Drag Bit.Bit BreakerA device installed in the centralizer table to hold a bit stationary while the drill pipe is being removed from the bit by reversing the rotation. Also called Bit Basket.Bit, DHDA solid, one piece bit, with shaped tungsten carbide inserts in the face. Used in percussion drilling.Bit, RollerAlso called a Tricone bit. It usually has three conical rollers fitted with steel or tungsten carbide teeth that rip the rock loose using down pressure.BitsTools that pulverize formations so that material can be removed from the hole. Generally 3-blade, 3-cone or percussion.BlastholeA drilled hole used for purposes of excavation rather than exploration, geological information or water wells. Usually limited to 200 feet.BlastingThe act of igniting explosives in a borehole to produce broken rock.BlowdownTerm used when releasing compressed air from the receiver tank on a compressor when the drill is stopped.Blowdown ValveThe valve that opens when the drill is stopped and releases all the air pressure in the receiver tank.BoreTo make a hole in the ground with a drill.BoreholeThe hole made by a bit.Box EndFitting on the female end of a drill pipe. See Pin End.BreakoutRefers to the act of loosening threaded pipe joints; and of unscrewing one section of pipe from another, while coming out of the hole.


G-4

Breakout WrenchA wrench, connected to a hydraulic cylinder, used to turn the upper piece of pipe while the lower pipe is being held by the Fork Chuck or Sliding Wrench.BridgeAn obstruction in the hole. Usually caused by a caving formation or something falling in the hole.BurdenDistance from the blasthole to the nearest face. Distance measured from face to a row of holes.ButtonsShort, rounded teeth of sintered tungsten carbide inserts which serve as teeth in drill bits used for drilling very hard rock.Butterfly ValveThe inlet valve of the air compressor.BurdenDistance between a blasthole and the nearest free or open face; the material to be displaced.

~C~CableA strong, heavy steel, wire rope. Also known as Wire Rope. Used for pull-down and pullback in the derrick. Also used in hoisting. May be rotating or rotation resistant.Cable ReelA device that holds the electrical power cable on electric driven blasthole drills.CarouselA rotating device that holds extra drill pipe. It can be moved under the rotary head to add and remove drill pipe from the string, or the rotary head moves over it.Carbide, TungstenW2C. A very hard compound used in inserts in rock bits. It has a very high melting point. It is very strong in one direction but very brittle in another.CasingSpecial pipe used to hold the overburden back in water wells. May be steel or plastic.Casing, Drive ShoeCoupling of forged steel to protect lower end of casing in overburden.CatheadRotating drum used to spool hemp rope to pick up tools manually.


G-5

CatwalksWalkways around a working area of a drill.CavitationThe pitting of a solid surface by the formation of low pressure bubbles formed in the fluid. Air being allowed into the inlet of pumps.Centralizer BushingA circular ring installed around the drill pipe in the drill table to keep the pipe aligned properly with the rotary head. It usually has a replaceable insert in the center.Chain WrenchA special wrench, consisting of a chain section and a metal vee section, with jaws, that grips the drill pipe and/or the DHD to tighten or loosen the connections.ClinometerA device for measuring the angle of the drill pipe with the ground. Also referred to as an Inclinometer.Collar the HoleOpening at the top of the blasthole; the mouth where rock has been broken by blasting. Usually the first few feet of the blasthole that are cracked and broken.CompressorAn asymmetrical rotary screw driven device for compressing air. May be single or two stages, depending on the discharge pressure.ConsoleThe panel that contains most of the drill’s controls. Also called the Operator’s Panel.Conventional MudA drilling fluid containing essentially bentonite clay and water.ConveyorEquipment used to carry material to crushers and screens for reduction and separation.Cooler (HOC, COC)Most drills have two coolers; one for the hydraulic fluid and the other for the compressor oil. The engine radiator is sometimes referred to as an engine cooler.CoringThe act of procuring a sample of the formation being drilled for geological information purposes.CouplingA connector for drill rods, pipe or casing with identical threads, male or female, at each end.


G-6

CribbingA set of wooden ties or metal plates used to add surface area to the jack pads to prevent the pad from sinking into the ground. Also called blocking.Crown SheavesThe upper sheaves in a derrick that supports the cable that connects to the rotary head.CrossheadThe outer metal can surrounding the leveling jack cylinders. The crosshead slide is the lower portion that connects to the bottom of the cylinders and the crosshead cap is the flanged piece on top of the crosshead.CrusherDevice used to reduce broken rock to a smaller fragment size.Cut (verb)Process of excavating material to lower the level of part of an elevation.Cut (noun)Part of an excavation of a specified depth an width.CuttingsParticles of formation obtained from the hole during drilling operations.

~D~DeckingProcess of alternating explosives with inert material in a blasthole to properly distribute explosives or reduce vibrations. Also refers to the metal catwalks around the outside of the drill.DeepholeRotary drills used to drill water wells, exploration holes and monitoring holes.Delay IntervalElapsed time between detonation of individual blastholes in a multiple hole blast.DerrickA tall framework over a drilled hole used to support drilling equipment. The part of the drill that contains the feed system and the rotary head. See Tower and Mast.DHDDown Hole Drill. An air driven, piston powered device for drilling hard rock. It is also called a Hammer.DHD BushingsThe split bushings used to maintain alignment of the DHD while passing through the


G-7

drill table. See Split Bushings.Differential PressureThe difference in pressure between the inlet and outlet of a component, i.e., a cooler.DipThe angle between a horizontal plane and the plane of the ore vein, measured at right angles to the Strike.Diverter ValveA two position, three way, valve that allows one hydraulic pump to perform two separate functions.Dressing a BitSharpening DHD drill bits with a grinder to shape the carbides.DrifterAn out-of-the-hole drill that rotates the drill rod and provides a percussive force, by means of a striking bar, through the rod to the bit.DrillA machine for drilling rock, or unconsolidated formations. Also called a Rotary Drill. The act of boring a hole in the ground.Drill CollarA heavy, thick-walled section of pipe used to add drilling weight to the bit and stabilize the drill string.Drill RodSee Drill Pipe. Hollow, flush-jointed, coupled rods used on small percussion type rock drills. Used with drifters mostlyDrill PipeHollow tubing, specially welded to tool joints, used in drilling larger holes than drill rods.Drill/Propel ValveA switch that shifts the diverter valves to allow pump flow to go from drill functions to propel motors.Drill StringThe string of pipe, including subs, stabilizers, collars and bit, extending from the bit to the rotary head, that carries the air or mud down to the bit and provides rotation to the bit.Driller (Operator)The employee directly in charge of a drill. Operation of the drill is their main duty.Drill TableThe area at the bottom of the derrick that contains the centralizer bushing or master bushing that the drill pipe travels through.


G-8

Dust Collector A vacuum device with a hose attached to the dust hood that pulls cuttings away from the hole and deposits them to the side of the drill.

~F~FaceVertical surface on an elevation. Also called bank.Feed CableCables, anchored on the top and the bottom of the derrick, that pass through the traveling sheave block and connect to the top and bottom of the rotary head. They are adjusted by tightening the threaded rods on each end.Feed ChainHeavy duty chain links connected to the rotary head through upper and lower sprockets and the traveling sheave block. They are adjusted similar to cable.FillProcess of moving material into a depression to raise its level; often follows the cut process.FishAn object accidentally lost in the hole.FishingOperations on the drill for the purpose of retrieving the fish from the hole.Fishing Magnet Run in the hole on non-metallic line, to pick up any small pieces of metal.Fishing ToolsTools of various kinds run in the hole to assist in retrieving a fish from the hole. Overshots fit over the pipe while Taps fit inside the pipe.FlatsMachined areas on the side of drill pipe or other components where wrenches can be installed to hold or break the joints. Some pipe has two flats, others have four flats.FloorLevel area at the base of a bank or face.Fork ChuckThe hand held or “flop-down” wrench used to hold the top of the pipe in the Drill Table while adding or removing other pipe.


G-9

~G~GroutingTo fill the hole or annulus with grout, i.e., cement and water.

~H~HammerA different name for a Down Hole Drill.Hammer BushingSplit bushings installed in the drill table to allow the DHD to start the hole in a straight line. It is removed once the DHD is below the table. Also called DHD Bushings.Haul DistanceDistance material has to be moved, such as from a cut to a fill.Hauling EquipmentTrucks and other conveyances for moving material. Also called Haul Trucks.HazardAny condition of the drilling equipment or the environment that might tend to cause accidents or fire.HoistWindlass used to pick up drill pipe and other heavy objects. See Winch.Hoist PlugA lifting device installed in the box end of a tool. Opposite of Lifting Bail.HoleA bore made by rotating a bit into the ground.Hole OpenersLarge bit with pilot used to increase the diameter of a hole.Hose, DrillingConnects rotary head to top of hard piping to allow movement of rotary head. Also called Standpipe Hose.Hose, SuctionAttaches to mud pump inlet with other end submerged in mud pit.Hydraulic CylindersDouble acting cylinders that are extended and retracted to perform various functions on a drill. They are powered by hydraulic fluid from a pump.


G-10

Hydraulic MotorsPiston or vane type motors, driven by hydraulic pumps, that rotate various devices on a drill.Hydraulic PumpsPiston, vane and gear type hydraulic pumps that provide flow for the various actuators on the drill.Hydrostatic HeadThe pressure exerted by a column of fluid, usually expressed in pounds per square inch.

~I~InclinometerAn instrument for measuring the angle to the horizontal or vertical of a drill hole or vein.I.W.R.C.Abbreviation for Independent Wire Rope Center. This refers to type of construction of wire rope. This wire rope center is in effect a separate wire rope in itself that provides a core for the line and prevents it from crushing.Interstage PressureThe air pressure present between stages of a two-stage compressor while the compressor is making air.

~J~J WrenchSpecially shaped wrench to fit the backhead of a DHD. Used to hold DHD in the table or to remove the backhead from the wear sleeve.

~K~Kelly BarA fluted or square drill pipe that is turned by a rotary table using a set of pins.

~L~Leveling JacksHydraulic cylinders mounted in a crosshead that raise and lower the drill.Also referred to as Outriggers or Stabilizers.Lifting BailA threaded cap for picking up pipe, bits, DHDs and stabilizers. It screws on the pin end. Some bails have a swivel hook while others have solid tops. See Hoist Plug.


G-11

LoadersLarge, front end bucket equipment used to pick up material for loading in various types of hauling equipment.

~M~Main FrameThe welded component of a track mounted drill. The truck frame on a wheeled drill.MakeupThe act of tightening threaded joints. Making a connection.Making HoleThe act of drilling.Making Up a JointThe act of screwing a joint of pipe into another joint or section of pipe.ManifoldA pipe or chamber that has several openings for hose connections.MastA vertical pole. See Derrick.Micron -:- MuA unit of length equal to one millionth part of a meter, or one thousandth part of a millimeter. About 4/100,000th inch.Mid-Inlet SwivelDevice for removing cuttings from the hole while drilling with Reverse Circulation Equipment.Mine PlanPlan for making cuts and creating elevations, benches for efficient removal of material. The mine plan considers a variety of factors, including: the type and location of material, the size and number of shovels, loaders, and hauling equipment, haul distances, blasthole patterns, etc.Mist DrillingA method of rotary drilling where water is dispersed in the air as the drilling fluid.MudA water or oil -base drilling fluid whose properties have been altered by solids. Mud is a term commonly given to drilling fluids. It is used in place of air when drilling unconsolidated formations.Mud DrillingUsing a bentonite clay and water as the drilling fluid.


G-12

Mud PitA hole dug in the ground or a steel pit to hold the drilling mud as it is being circulated in the hole.Mud PumpPumps that are used to circulate the drilling mud.

~O~Oscillation YokeThe beam connecting each track of a blasthole track drill with the main frame that allows the tracks to move independently up and down.Open HoleAny uncased portion of a hole.OperatorThe person who performs the drilling operation with the drill. See Driller.OverburdenAny unconsolidated material lying on top of the bedrock or the coal seam.

~P~Parasitic LoadThe load imposed on the engine by the direct connection of the compressor and main pump drive during starting.PatternLayout and distances between blastholes, specifically including burden and spacing.Penetration RateSpeed at which a bit advances while drilling, measured in feet per hour.Percussion DrillDrill that chips and penetrates rock with repeated blows.Pin EndFitting on male end of drill pipe. See Box End.Pioneer WorkDrilling in rough, broken or inclined areas. Removing the original layers of dirt and rock.Pipe Dope Special lubricant used to protect the threads on pipe joints. See Thread Lube.


G-13

Pipe SupportA device that holds the lower section of pipe in place while connecting to the next joint with the rotary head when angle drilling. Also called Rod Support.PitAn excavation in the ground for the removal of mineral deposits.PLCProgrammable Logic Controller. A device that monitors many aspects of a drill’s operation.Potable WaterWater that is safe to drink.Powder Factor/Specific ChargeRelationship between the weight of explosives in a blasthole and the volume of materials to be displaced. It is measured in pounds per cubic yard or kilograms per cubic meter.Power Pack BaseThe welded channel frame that contains the prime mover, the compressor and the hydraulic pumps and gearbox.Power Packhe complete sub-assembly of base, engine, compressor, and hydraulic drive.PresplittingProcess of drilling a line of small diameter holes spaced relatively close together, generally before drilling a production blast and loaded with light explosive charges to create a clean, unbroken rock face.Production RatePenetration during a given reporting period. This rate includes all lost time, including maintenance, breakdowns, long moves, inclement weather, etc.PropelTo cause to move forward or onward. To drive or tram.Protectors, ThreadSteel or plastic covers to cover the box and pin ends of drill pipe when they are not being used.Pump, Water InjectionPump used to pump water into the drill air stream to keep the dust settled and to assist in flushing the hole.PullbackThe force available to remove the drill string from the hole.


G-14

Pull-downForce exerted on the drill bit by the thrust of the drill rig and from the weight of the drill string.

~R~RaiseA mine opening, like a shaft, driven upward from the back of a level to a level above, or to the surface.Rate Of PenetrationThe rate in which the drill proceeds in the deepening of the hole. It is usually expressed in feet per hour.ReamerBit-like tool, generally run directly above the bit to enlarge and maintain a straight hole.ReservoirThe tank used for storing the hydraulic oil used in the hydraulic system.Reverse Circulation DrillingUsing a double wall pipe to force air/water down the hole and removing the cuttings between the two pipes. See Mid-Inlet Swivel.Rod ChangerSee Carousel. A device that holds extra drill rod (pipe).Rotary DrillingThe method of drilling that depends on the rotation of a column of pipe to the bottom of which is attached a bit. Air or fluid is circulated to remove the cuttings.Rotary HeadA movable gearbox used to provide rotation to the drill string. It is connected to the feed chains or cables on each end and to the drill string through the spindle.

~S~Safety HookAttached to end of hoist line to secure hoist plug or lifting bail. Has a safety latch to prevent load from slipping off hook.ScalesEquipment used to determine the weight and value of material being transported from a quarry.ScreensDevices used to separate broken material into groups of similar size.


G-15

Shock SubA device used to isolate the shock of drilling from the rotary head. It is made of hard rubber layers mounted inside of steel outer rings.ShootingExploding high explosives in a hole to shatter the rock. See Blasting.Single Pass DrillDrill rig with a long tower that permits drilling a blasthole without stopping to add drill pipe (rod). Uses a Kelly in place of regular pipe. Uses a rotary table to turn the Kelly instead of a rotary head.StemmingMaterial of a specified depth added on top of a powder column to confine the blasthole and make the explosion more efficient.Strip MineA large section of land used to remove coal deposits.ShotA charge of high explosives deposited in a series of holes to shatter the rockShutdownA term that can mean the end of the shift or workday or an unplanned stopping of the drill due to a system failure.Sliding ForkA wrench that slides around the flats of the drill pipe to hold lower section. Controlled by hydraulic cylinder(s). Used in place of Fork Chuck.SlipsUsed in the rotary table to hold and break out drill pipe. Also used to hold casing in the table.SpacingDistance between blastholes measured parallel with the face.SpearTools of various design that are screwed or wedged inside of bits, pipe, etc., that are lodged in the hole. See Fishing Tools.SpindleThe short section of pipe that rotates within the rotary head and protrudes out each end.Speed SwitchAn electronic device that changes states when the engine reaches a certain speed. Used to control dual oil pressure switches.


G-16

Split BushingsThe removable bushings that allow the DHD or Stabilizer to pass through the drill table while drilling a straight hole. See DHD Bushings.Stabilizer, Drill PipeHeavy -walled pipe having special spiral or fluted ribs extending around the diameter, within 1/8 “to 1/4” of hole size. Most stabilizers are fitted just above the bit, while in-line stabilizers keep the hole straight.StandpipePart of the circulating system. The hard and flexible piping from the main valve to the flexible hosing leading to the rotary head. Water injection, DHD oil and foam are injected into this line.Static Water LevelThe distance from the top of ground down to the standing water level.StrikeThe bearing of the outcrop of an inclined bed or structure on a level surface. See Dip.Stuck In The HoleRefers to drill pipe inadvertently becoming fastened in the hole.SubdrillingBottom portion of a blasthole drilled below the floor level to permit upward displacement of material and thereby prevent a toe at the bottom of a face.Substitute (Sub)A coupling with different type or diameter of threads at either end. The term pin denotes a male thread, and box, a female thread. To connect two components with different threads. See Adapter.Supercharge PressureInlet oil pressure to the main pump(s) that has been pressurized to prevent cavitation.SwivelA coupling on top of the rotary head to allow the spindle to rotate while the main hose remains stationary.

~T~Table DriveDrill design that locates the drill pipe rotation mechanism on the drill deck in a stationary position instead of using the rotary head.Threaded and Coupled Casing (TANDC)Steel casing using a coupling between each section of pipe. Thread style is right hand, fine thread.


G-17

Thread LubeA special compound used to lubricate the threads of drill pipe. See Pipe Dope.TongsA type of wrench used to make up and break out drill pipe using external forces, such as hydraulic cylinders or cables.Tool JointA drill pipe coupler consisting of a pin and box of various designs and sizes. Deephole drills normally use API style threads, while Blasthole drills use Beco style threads.Top Head DrillDrill design that locates the drill pipe rotation head in the drill tower and it moves up and down with the drill string. See Rotary Head.TorqueA turning or twisting force. A moment caused by force acting on an arm. A one pound force acting on a one foot arm would produce one lb.-ft. of torque.TowerA tall, slender structure used for observation, signaling or pumping. See Derrick and Mast. Term used to indicate the derrick on a blasthole drill.Turning To The RightSlang term for making hole.TramA cable car or a four-wheeled open box in a coal mine. See Propel.TrammedTo move in a tram.TrammingProcess of moving a drill with the tower up from a completed blasthole to the location of the next. See propellingTraveling Sheave BlockA series of sheaves, connected to the feed chains or cables, that are moved up and down the derrick by the feed cylinders.Twist OffTo twist a joint of pipe in two by excessive torque applied by the rotary head or rotary table.

~U~UL88The unloader valve that controls pressure and volume on a high-pressure compressor


G-18

system.UndercarriageThe means of moving a track type vehicle. It contains the track frame, rollers, grousers, rock guards, drive sprocket, propel motors and planetary drive.Uphole VelocityThe speed (in feet per minute) that the cuttings travel out of the hole.This is dependent on the bit size, the compressor size and the pipe size.

~W~WashpipeHard surfaced steel tubes inserted in swivels to allow rotation of drill string and prolong life of packing. They are replaceable in most swivels.Water TableThe underground level at which water is found. See Static Level.Water WellA hole drilled for the purpose of obtaining potable water.Weight On BitIn rotary drilling, a specified weight is required on the bit for maximum performance. A gauge on the console is calibrated to correspond to the drill string weight.WhipstockA device inserted in the well used for deflecting or directional drilling.Wiggins Quick FillA Centralized Service Station that connects to various systems on the drill to allow remote filling of engine oil, compressor oil and hydraulic oil.WinchA stationary hoisting machine having a drum around which is wound a rope.Wiper, PipeAn annular rubber disk for wiping drill pipe clean of cuttings when it is being withdrawn from the hole.Wire RopeRope made of twisted strands of steel wire. Also called Cable.

Atlas Copco Drilling Solutions, Inc. A Company Within the Atlas Copco GroupP.O.Box 462288, 2100 North First StreetGarland, Texas 75046-2288www.atlascopco.com/drillingsolutions

590 TierIII Instruction

Documents

Transcript of 590 TierIII Instruction